Table of Contents

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

(Mark One)

o

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b)OR 12(g) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

OR

 

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008

 

 

 

OR

 

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13
OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

OR

 

 

o

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13
OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of event requiring this shell company report                   
For the transition period from            to           

 

Commission file number 0-51373

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Australia
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

Eric Merrigan

Level 4, 199 Moorabool Street

Geelong

Victoria 3220 Australia

Telephone number: 011-613-5223-9903

rmerrigan@chemgenex.com
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Ordinary shares without par value (“ordinary shares”)

American Depositary Shares each representing the right to receive 15 ordinary shares

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s class of capital or common stock as of June 30, 2008:

187,112,274 ordinary shares without par value

 

Indicate if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act

 

Yes /No                  No

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate if the registrant is not required to file report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

Yes /No                  No

 

Note- Checking the above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those sections.

 

Indicate by whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and  (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

Yes /No                  Yes

 

Indicate whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one)

 

 

Large accelerated filer

No

 

 

 

 

Accelerated filer

Yes

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

No

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

o U.S. GAAP

 

x International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

 

o Other

 

 

by the International Accounting Standards Board

 

 

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

 

Item 17  o

 

Item 18  o

 

If this is an annual report indicate whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act

 

Yes /No                  No

 

 (APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.

 

o Yes

o No

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

GLOSSARY

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 1.

 

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 2.

 

OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 3.

 

KEY INFORMATION

1

 

A.

Selected consolidated financial data

1

 

B.

Capitalization and indebtedness

3

 

C.

Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

3

 

D.

Risk factors

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 4.

 

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

11

 

A.

History and development of the Company

11

 

B.

Business overview

13

 

C.

Organizational structure

19

 

D.

Property, plant and equipment

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 5.

 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

20

 

A.

Operating results

22

 

B.

Liquidity and capital resources

27

 

C.

Research and product development programs

27

 

D.

Trend information

30

 

E.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

30

 

F.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

30

 

G.

Assets Acquired in a Business Combination to be used in Research & Development Activities

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 6.

 

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

32

 

A.

Directors and senior management

32

 

B.

Compensation

35

 

C.

Board practices

37

 

D.

Employees

41

 

E.

Share ownership and options

41

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 7.

 

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

47

 

A.

Major shareholders

47

 

B.

Related party transactions

48

 

C.

Interests of experts and counsel

48

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 8.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

48

 

A.

Consolidated statements and other financial information

48

 

B.

Significant changes

49

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 9.

 

THE OFFER AND LISTING

49

 

A.

Offer and listing details

49

 

B.

Plan of distribution

51

 

C.

Markets

51

 

D.

Selling shareholders

51

 

E.

Dilution

52

 

F.

Expenses of the issue

52

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 10.

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

52

 

A.

Share capital

52

 

B.

Memorandum and articles of incorporation

52

 

C.

Material contracts

52

 

D.

Exchange controls and other limitations affecting security holders

52

 

E.

Taxation

53

 

F.

Dividends and paying agents

59

 

i



Table of Contents

 

 

G.

Statement by experts

59

 

H.

Documents on display

59

 

I.

Subsidiary information

59

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 11.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

59

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 12.

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

60

 

A.

Debt Securities

60

 

B.

Warrants and Rights

60

 

C.

Other Securities

60

 

D.

American Depositary Shares

60

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 13.

 

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 14.

 

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHT OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 15.

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

61

 

A.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

61

 

B.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

61

 

C.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

62

 

D.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 16A.

 

AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 16B.

 

CODE OF ETHICS

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 16C.

 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

64

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 16D.

 

EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

64

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 16E.

 

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

64

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 17.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 18.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 19.

 

EXHIBITS

65

 

ii



Table of Contents

 

GLOSSARY

 

AML                                                                 Acute Myelogenous Leukemia is a malignant cancer of the myeloid line of white blood cells, characterized by the rapid proliferation of abnormal cells that accumulate in the bone marrow and interfere with the production of normal blood cells. AML is the most common acute leukemia affecting adults with an estimated 30,000 new cases per year in the developed world. The incidence of AML is increasing with increased life expectancy and ageing of the general population.

 

CML                                                                 Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia is a malignant cancer of the bone marrow that causes rapid growth of the blood-forming cells (known as myeloid precursors) in the bone marrow, peripheral blood, and body tissues. CML can occur in adults (usually middle-aged) and children. CML affects 1 to 2 people per 100,000 and accounts for 7-20% cases of leukemia.

 

HHT                                                                   Homoharringtonine is a natural compound isolated from the Chinese evergreen tree Cephalotaxus harringtonia . HHT has a broad antitumor activity in rodents and antileukemic effects in humans. HHT is used in China for the treatment of leukemia.

 

MDS                                                                 Myelodysplastic Syndrome is a group of conditions caused by abnormal blood-forming cells of the bone marrow. In MDS, the bone marrow cannot produce blood cells effectively, and many abnormal cells are destroyed before they leave the bone marrow or shortly after entering the bloodstream. This results in low blood counts causing anemia and other complications. It is estimated that there are between 10,000 and 15,000 new cases of MDS in the USA each year.

 

TKI                                                                        Tyrosine inhibitor. A class of drugs that can be used to alleviate the symptoms of CML by blocking the activity of the causative protein, Bcr-Abl.

 



Table of Contents

 

USE OF CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS

 

As used herein the terms “ChemGenex” and the “Company” refer to ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries as at the date of filing.

 

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION; AVAILABLE INFORMATION

 

The Company’s fiscal year ends on June 30 of each year. References in this document to a particular year are to the fiscal year unless otherwise indicated.  The Company prepares annual reports (including this annual Report on Form 20-F) containing consolidated financial statements and an opinion thereon by an independent registered public accounting firm. Such financial statements comply with Australian Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The Company also prepares half-yearly reports prepared in conformity with IFRS, which contain interim condensed consolidated financial information that are subjected to a review by an independent registered public accounting firm.

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are reported in Australian dollars. In this Annual Report on Form 20-F, references to “U.S. dollars”, US$ or “$” are to U.S. currency and references to “Australian dollars” or “A$” are to Australian currency.

 

ENFORCEMENT OF LIABILITIES AND SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

The Company is incorporated under the laws of New South Wales, Commonwealth of Australia.  The majority of its directors and executive officers, and the experts named in this Annual Report, reside outside the U.S. A substantial part of the Company’s assets, its directors’ and officers’ assets and such experts’ assets are located outside the U.S. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the U.S. upon the Company or its directors, executive officers or such experts, or to enforce against them or the Company, judgments obtained in U.S. courts based upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the U.S. In addition, the Company has been advised by its Australian lawyers, McCullough Robertson, that there is doubt that the courts of Australia will enforce against the Company, its officers, directors and experts named herein, judgments obtained in the U.S. based upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the U.S. or will enter judgments in original actions brought in Australian courts based upon the federal securities laws of the U.S.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Except for historical information contained herein, the matters discussed in this Annual Report are “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about the Company’s and its strategic partners’ respective plans, objectives, expectations, estimates, strategies, product approvals and development plans, and anticipated financial results. These statements are typically identified by the use of terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “could,” “should,” “seeks,” “will,” “would” and similar words. These statements are based on the Company’s current expectations and beliefs concerning future events but are subject to risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to economic, competitive, governmental and technological factors affecting the Company’s operations, results of operations, markets, products, prices and prospects, and other factors discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report. These factors may cause the Company’s results to differ materially from the statements made in this Annual Report or otherwise made by or on behalf of the Company. Item 3.D. “Risk Factors” is a summary (not listed in order of priority) of some of the risk factors that could adversely affect the Company’s results. The risks and uncertainties described are not the only ones the Company faces. Additional risks not presently known to the Company or other factors not perceived by the Company to present significant risks to its business at this time also may impair its business operation. The Company does not undertake to update any of these forward-looking statements or to announce the results of any revisions to these forward-looking statements except as required by law.

 



Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.                  IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2.                  OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 3.                  KEY INFORMATION

 

A .            Selected consolidated financial data

 

The following table presents selected financial data of the Company as of the dates and for each of the periods indicated. You should read the selected financial data set forth below together with Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” as well as the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

The following selected financial data for the four years ended June 30, 2008 is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited, prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), which became effective for our company as of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2006.

 

Under IFRS 1, “ First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards ,” or IFRS 1, a company adopting IFRS for the first time is required to adopt accounting policies that comply with IFRS and related interpretations that are in effect at the reporting date of its first annual financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS, in our case June 30, 2006.  IFRS 1 also requires that those policies be applied as of the date of transition to IFRS, in our case July 1, 2004, and consistently throughout all periods presented in the first annual financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS.  However, the Company was not required to recast its financial statements prior to July 1, 2004 in accordance with IFRS, and is therefore unable to provide the selected data for the year ended June 30, 2004 prepared in accordance with IFRS.  Accordingly, IFRS selected data for the 2004 financial year has been removed.  Our consolidated financial statements appearing in this report comply with both the IFRS as issued by International Accounting Standards Board and Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards, or A-IFRS.

 

The balance sheet data as of June 30, 2008 and 2007 and the income statement data for fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.  Balance sheet data as of June 30, 2006 and 2005 and income statement data for the 2005 financial years are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this Annual Report.  The data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included herein.

 

All amounts are stated in Australian dollars as of June 30 as noted.

 

1



Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Income Statement Data  in Accordance with IFRS :

 

A$ , except per share data

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Revenues from ordinary activities

 

2,703,774

 

1,677,733

 

241,634

 

463,889

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research expenditure

 

(9,233,641

)

(4,320,602

)

(3,325,103

)

(556,289

)

Employee costs

 

(7,298,615

)

(2,517,915

)

(2,710,341

)

(2,631,862

)

Patent costs

 

(406,783

)

(310,189

)

(232,433

)

(49,574

)

Legal costs

 

(210,971

)

(66,434

)

(114,416

)

(105,945

)

Depreciation

 

(113,773

)

(271,344

)

(272,198

)

(269,937

)

Travel Expenses

 

(445,706

)

(101,409

)

(152,751

)

(108,800

)

Accounting and audit expenses

 

(568,228

)

(298,526

)

(380,259

)

(129,208

)

Other expenses from ordinary activities(a)

 

(1,790,230

)

(1,967,094

)

(892,857

)

(1,607,805

)

Loss from continued operations

 

(17,364,173

)

(8,175,780

)

(7,838,724

)

(4,955,531

)

Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations

 

10,944,247

 

(3,525,139

)

(2,530,995

)

(1,279,652

)

Net loss

 

(6,419,926

)

(11,700,919

)

(10,369,719

)

(6,235,183

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share (A$)

 

(0.03

)

(0.07

)

(0.09

)

(0.06

)

Basic and diluted loss per share (A$) for continuing operations

 

(0.09

)

(0.05

)

(0.07

)

(0.05

)

Basic and diluted weighted average number of shares(b)

 

186,802,718

 

162,281,115

 

117,647,158

 

105,707,630

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data in Accordance with IFRS:

 

A$

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Cash assets

 

10,081,629

 

25,366,562

 

15,553,696

 

8,511,952

 

Plant and equipment, net

 

355,462

 

81,546

 

328,820

 

587,022

 

Total assets

 

27,944,777

 

42,761,109

 

32,965,251

 

26,575,624

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

3,435,411

 

2,891,511

 

1,960,342

 

1,340,176

 

Net assets

 

24,509,366

 

39,869,598

 

31,004,909

 

25,235,448

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(99,143,847

)

(92,723,921

)

(81,023,002

)

(70,653,283

)

Contributed equity

 

108,999,144

 

120,773,060

 

99,892,615

 

84,592,891

 

Reserves

 

14,654,069

 

11,820,459

 

12,135,296

 

11,295,840

 

 


(a)      Other expenses from continued ordinary activities comprise consulting and advisory costs, s, company taxation and outsourced employee costs.

 

(b)     Basic loss per share is determined by dividing the loss after income tax by the weighted average number of ordinary shares, outstanding during the period. The computation of diluted loss per share is similar to basic loss per share, except that it assumes the potentially dilutive securities, such as options, were converted to shares at the beginning of the period. For all periods presented, diluted loss per share is equivalent to basic loss per share as the potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share because the effect is anti-dilutive.

 

Dividends

 

No dividend has been paid by the Company in the three fiscal years up to and including fiscal 2008.

 

Exchange rates

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company which form part of this Annual Report are presented in Australian dollars (A$).

 

2



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information concerning the noon buying rate in New York City for Australian dollars expressed in U.S. dollars per A$1.00 as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

 

Month

 

Month’s highest exchange rate

 

Month’s lowest exchange rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 2008

 

0.6960

 

0.6090

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October 2008

 

0.7800

 

0.6080

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 2008

 

0.8509

 

0.7895

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 2008

 

0.9302

 

0.8567

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 2008

 

0.9779

 

0.9420

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 2008

 

0.9633

 

0.9343

 

 

Years ended June 30,

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

0.8985

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

0.7865

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

0.7475

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

0.7535

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

0.7134

 

 

As at December 12, 2008 the Australian dollar closed at US$0.6580

 

B .            Capitalization and indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

C.            Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

D.            Risk factors

 

Prospective investors and shareholders should be aware that any investment in the Company involves a degree of risk and should be made only by those with the necessary expertise to appraise the investment. In addition to the other information in this document, the following risk factors should be considered in evaluating whether to make or hold an investment in the Company. Any or all of these factors could have a material and adverse effect on the Company’s operational results, financial condition and prospects. Furthermore, the trading price of ChemGenex shares could decline resulting in the loss of all or part of any investment therein.

 

The Company has a history of operating losses and negative cash flow and may never become profitable

 

ChemGenex is a company that has a history of operating losses. These losses have arisen mainly from the costs incurred in research and development of its products and general administrative costs. For the year ended June 30, 2008, the Company’s net loss was A$6,419,926 and its accumulated deficit as of June 30, 2008 was A$99,143,847. The Company expects to continue to incur operating losses over the next two years and may never be profitable. To date, the Company has generated revenues through research and development funding from its partners, milestone payments and contract research. Based on anticipated cash flow requirements of the Company’s existing research and development activities, the directors consider that the Company will have sufficient funds to support existing operations to mid 2009. The Directors plan to continue the Company’s and the consolidated entity’s operations on the basis of the matters referred to above, and believe that future fund raising activities and the value of the Group’s existing net assets will generate sufficient funds for the Group to operate in its normal manner.

 

In order to support the research and development of the Company’s business, the Company plans to incur expenses in excess of revenue. The Company’s strategy is to utilize its understanding of the genetics of cancer and its expertise in medicinal chemistry to identify novel targets for therapeutic intervention and to develop personalized medicines in the field of cancer. The Company’s cancer program has led to the development of two therapeutic agents that are currently in clinical trial. The Company may not develop any products and any other products it may develop may not generate revenues.

 

Additional funding is likely to be required to give the Company time to reach profitability. Raising such additional funding could entail restrictions on the rights of holders of ordinary shares. If the Company is unable to raise additional funds it may have to curtail its operations.

 

The Company’s need for capital at any given time depends on a number of factors, including:

 

·                   the ability to enter collaborations to support its research and development programs;

 

·                   the rate of progress and cost of the Company’s research activities;

 

·                   the costs of preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

 

·                   the costs and timing of obtaining regulatory approvals for the Company’s products;

 

·                   the emergence of competing products and other adverse market development; and

 

·                   changes in, or termination of, the Company’s existing collaboration and licensing arrangements.

 

The Company may not receive further revenues from collaboration and licensing agreements or changes in the development of the Company’s drug candidates may cause available capital resources to be used more quickly than expected.

 

The Company is likely in the future to require additional funds, in addition to funds received from licensing and collaboration agreements, to continue research and development. It is likely that the Company will seek funds through further licensing and collaboration agreements and through additional sale of the Company’s securities. The Company may not be able to secure licensing and collaboration agreements on satisfactory terms, if at all. Also, the public markets for issues of biotechnology company securities are volatile and competitive. The Company may not be able to attract additional funds on acceptable terms, if at all. The Company also may decide to access the public equity markets whenever conditions are favorable, even if the Company does not have an immediate need for

 

4



Table of Contents

 

additional capital at that time.  If the Company raises additional funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to shareholders may result. This might be the case, for example, because U.S. investors may not be able to participate in certain fund raising, such as rights offerings, under applicable securities laws and may therefore be diluted. Other shareholders may not have the means to exercise their rights in such an offering, and will see their interests diluted, and the price at which any further capital raising is made also may be below the price at which other investors acquired their shares.

 

If adequate funds are not available, the Company may have to significantly reduce its research and development programs or obtain funds through licensing and collaboration agreements at an earlier stage in the drugs’ development than the Company envisaged. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, its ability to invest in the progress of its development programs and product portfolio will be materially and adversely affected, with the result that its prospects are less favorable.  ChemGenex had working capital of approximately A$7 million as at June 30, 2008 and raised a further A$12.9 million with the issue of 15,216,153 shares at A$0.85 cents each in September 23,2008. Based on the anticipated cash flow requirements of the Company’s existing research and development activities, the Board has concluded that these funds should be sufficient to support operations to mid calendar 2009. The Board remains confident that adequate funds to continue the Company’s operations will be raised from partnership agreements and/or equity placements as required in the future.

 

The Company anticipates a net loss in fiscal 2009.

 

If the Company is unable to retain and attract key employees, its scientific and management capabilities could be reduced.

 

The loss of key employees could weaken the Company’s scientific and management capabilities, resulting in delays in the development of its cancer clinical trials and broader research programs thus impacting negatively on the Company’s business. ChemGenex is significantly dependent on certain scientific and management personnel, including Dr. Gregory R. Collier, Dr. Dennis M. Brown, Dr. Adam R. Craig, Dr. James A. Campbell, Eric P. Merrigan, Tina Herbert, Luana Staiger and Eric Humphriss. Although the Company has entered into employment or consultancy arrangements with each of the Company’s key personnel with the aim of securing their services, the retention of such services cannot be guaranteed. Companies such as ChemGenex are highly dependent on employees who have an in-depth and long-term understanding of their companies’ technologies, products, programs, collaborative relationships and strategic goals. The loss of these key employees and the Company’s inability to recruit new employees to replace them could have a negative impact on the business and prospects of the Company because the Company’s scientific and management capabilities would be reduced.

 

The Company is dependent on its academic collaborators, consultants and scientific advisors and their confidentiality.

 

The Company has relationships with collaborators and consultants at academic and other scientific institutions who conduct trials under contractually defined terms at the Company’s request.  It is the Company’s policy that all of its employees, academic collaborators, consultants and scientific advisors enter into confidentiality agreements that control the dissemination of all intellectual property produced that results from their work for the Company.  It is possible; however, that unauthorized dissemination of such confidential information could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.  Such collaborators also could enter into employment agreements or consulting arrangements with competitors.

 

The Company may not be successful in its clinical trials programs.  These programs are costly, time consuming and of uncertain outcome.  If such programs are not successful, the Company may invest substantial amounts of time and money without developing revenue-producing products.

 

Clinical trials of promising products can take years, the duration depending among other factors on type, complexity, novelty and intended use of the product candidate. The Company may fail to successfully complete clinical trials and bring products to market for a number of reasons, including:

 

·                   as the Company enters a more extensive clinical program in several different diseases, the data generated in these studies may not be as compelling as the earlier results;

 

5



Table of Contents

 

·                   unforeseen safety issues or side effects;

 

·                   variability in the number and types of patients available for each study, and difficulty in maintaining contact with patients after treatment, resulting in incomplete data;

 

·                   delays resulting from review board action at institutions assisting the Company with its clinical trials; and

 

·                   the failure to obtain required regulatory approvals.

 

If the products that the Company brings to market are not commercially successful, the Company’s liquidity may be adversely affected.

 

The Company’s success depends on acceptance of the Company’s products by the market, including physicians and third-party payers, and consequently the Company’s liquidity and viability as a going concern may be adversely affected if it is unable to achieve market acceptance of its products. Factors that may affect the rate and level of market acceptance of any of the Company’s products include:

 

·                   the existence or entry onto the market of superior competing products or therapies;

 

·                   the price of the Company’s products compared to competing products;

 

·                   public perception regarding the safety, efficacy and benefits of the Company’s products compared to competing products or therapies;

 

·                   the effectiveness of the Company’s sales and marketing efforts and those of the Company’s marketing partners;

 

·                   regulatory developments related to manufacturing or use of the Company’s products;

 

·                   the willingness of physicians to adopt a new treatment regimen; and

 

·                   publicity concerning the product type in general.

 

Even if the Company’s products are approved, they may still face later regulatory difficulties, which could impair its ability to market its products or force it to incur substantial additional expenses.

 

Even if the Company receives regulatory approval to sell any of its products, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the Australian Therapeutics Goods Administration or comparable foreign regulatory agencies could require the Company to conduct post-marketing trials to further evaluate safety and efficacy or could prevent the Company from using the labeling claims which the Company would like to use to promote its products. Regulators will undertake periodic reviews and inspections. If they discover previously unknown problems with a product or its manufacturing facility or if the Company fails to comply with regulatory requirements, regulators could:

 

·                   impose fines against the Company;

 

·                   impose restrictions on the product, its manufacturer, or the Company;

 

·                   require the Company to recall or remove a product from the market;

 

·                   suspend or withdraw its regulatory approvals;

 

·                   require the Company to conduct additional clinical trials;

 

·                   require the Company to change its product labeling; or

 

·                   require the Company to submit additional marketing applications.

 

If any of these events occur, the Company’s ability to sell its products will be impaired and the Company may incur substantial additional expense to comply with the regulatory requirements. In addition, in certain countries, even after regulatory approval, the Company is still required to obtain price reimbursement approval. This may delay the marketing of the Company’s products or, when approval cannot be obtained, mean that the product cannot be sold at all.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

If the Company is unable to keep pace with technological change or with the advances of its competitors, its technology and products may become obsolete or non-competitive.

 

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are subject to rapid technological change which could affect the success of the Company’s drugs or make them obsolete. The field of biotechnology is characterized by significant and rapid technological change. Research and discoveries by others may result in medical insights or breakthroughs which render the Company’s drug candidates less competitive or even obsolete before they generate revenue.

 

The Company’s business faces intense competition from major pharmaceutical companies and specialized biotechnology companies engaged in the development of drugs directed at the conditions and disorders that are the focus of the Company’s therapeutics programs.  As a result its competitors may be able to establish superior proprietary positions.

 

The Company’s competitors in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may have superior research and development capabilities, drugs, manufacturing capability or marketing expertise. Many of the Company’s competitors have significantly greater financial and human resources and may have more experience in research and development. As a result, the Company’s competitors may develop safer or more effective drugs, or implement more effective sales and marketing programs or be able to establish superior proprietary positions. In addition, the Company anticipates that it will face increased competition in the future as new companies enter the Company’s markets and alternative drugs become available.

 

The Company’s products under development are expected to address a broad range of markets including, but not limited to anti-cancer drugs for the treatment of chronic myelogenous leukemia (“CML”) and other forms of leukemia, prostate cancer and other solid tumors. The Company’s competitive position will be determined in part by the potential indications for which the Company’s products are developed and ultimately approved by regulatory authorities. The relative speed with which the Company or its collaborative partners can develop products, complete the clinical trials and approval processes and supply commercial quantities of the products to the market, are expected to be important competitive factors.

 

The Company’s competitors may be developing products that could compete with the products the Company is developing. The Company and its collaborators will need to persuade patients and physicians to adopt its products over its competitors’ products.

 

In the field of cancer therapeutics the Company faces intense competition from major pharmaceutical companies and specialized biotechnology companies engaged in the development of product candidates and other therapeutic products. Several of these companies have products in the same indications or utilize similar technologies and/or personalized medicine techniques.  The FDA has approved two drugs for CML patients who are resistant to the therapy imatinib mesylate (Gleevec ® ); Sprycel ® (dasatinib), a drug developed and commercialized by Bristol-Myers Squibb was approved in June 2006, and Nilotinib ® (nilotinib) a drug developed and commercialized by Novartis was approved in October 2007. Significantly, neither Sprycel ® nor Nilotinib ® have demonstrated efficacy against the T315I Bcr-Abl mutation, and it is this sub-set of resistant CML patients that are being targeted by the Company for initial approval. Several biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies are seeking to develop effective therapeutics specifically for CML patients with the T315I mutation. Vertex Pharmaceuticals and its partner Merck are developing an aurora kinase inhibitor referred to as MK-0457 or VX-680. Phase 2 clinical trials for this agent were underway but were suspended in 2007. Nerviano Medical Sciences in collaboration with the U.S National Cancer Institute is conduction a small phase 2 study of the novel aurora kinase inhibitor PHA-739358. Astex Therapeutics is developing AT9283, an inhibitor of several targets including Bcr-Abl. This agent is currently in phase 1/2 clinical trials. Several companies have agents in phase 1 clinical trials, including Exelixis (XL228), Kyowa Hakko (KW2449) and Medimmune/Infinity Pharmaceuticals (IPI504).  Xanthus Pharmaceuticals is currently conducting a phase 3 study with amonafide malate (listed as an example product candidate – Refer Item 4B. Business Overview – ChemGenex’s development pipeline) in acute myeloid leukemia.  The previous list is indicative only, and there may be other competitive trials or technologies elsewhere in the world. Additionally, many of the Company’s competitors, including large pharmaceutical companies, have greater financial and human resources and more experience than the Company does.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

If the healthcare industry limits coverage or reimbursement levels, the acceptance of the Company’s products could suffer.  It may not be able to sell its drug profitably.

 

The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, economic and regulatory influences that may affect the procurement practices and operations of healthcare facilities.  During the past several years, the healthcare industry has been subject to increased government regulation of reimbursement rates and capital expenditures.  Among other things, third party payers are increasingly attempting to contain or reduce healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and levels of reimbursement for healthcare products and procedures. Cost control policies of third party payers, including government agencies, may adversely affect acceptance and use of the Company’s product line.

 

If the Company is unable to successfully establish and protect its intellectual property, which is significant to the Company’s competitive position, its competitors may be able to take advantage of its research and development efforts.

 

The Company’s success depends in part on its ability to obtain and maintain protection for its inventions and proprietary information, so that it can stop others from making, using or selling its inventions or proprietary rights. The Company owns a portfolio of patents and patent applications. There is a significant delay between the time of filing of a patent application and the time its contents are made public, and others may have filed patent applications for subject matter covered by the Company’s pending patent applications without the Company being aware of those applications. The Company’s patent applications may not have priority over patent applications of others and its pending patent applications may not result in issued patents. Even if the Company obtains patents, they may not be valid or enforceable against others. Moreover, even if the Company receives patent protection for some or all of its products, those patents may not give the Company an advantage over competitors with similar products.

 

To develop and maintain its competitive position, the Company also relies on unpatented trade secrets and improvements, unpatented know-how and continuing technological innovation, which it protects with security measures it considers to be reasonable, including confidentiality agreements with its collaborators, consultants and employees. The Company may not have adequate remedies if these agreements are breached and the Company’s competitors may independently develop any of this proprietary information.

 

If the Company fails to obtain adequate protection for its intellectual property, the Company’s competitors may be able to take advantage of the Company’s research and development efforts. The Company’s success will depend, in large part, on its ability to obtain and maintain patent or other proprietary protection for its technologies in general and, in particular, drugs and processes. The Company may not be able to obtain patent protection for the use of certain drug compounds, processes developed by its employees or medical uses of compounds discovered through its technology. Legal standards relating to patents covering pharmaceutical or biotechnological inventions and the scope of claims made under these patents are still developing. There is no consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology patents. The Company’s patent position is therefore uncertain and involves complex legal and factual issues. This risk factor is one that faces many companies in the biotechnology industry and the Company is not aware of any Company-specific risks.

 

The Company may incur substantial costs as a result of disputes relating to intellectual property.

 

The Company may have to initiate litigation to enforce its patent and license rights. If the Company’s competitors file patent applications that claim technology also claimed by the Company, the Company may have to participate in interference or opposition proceedings to determine the priority of invention. An adverse outcome could subject the Company to significant liabilities and require the Company either to cease using a technology or to pay license fees.

 

The Company could incur substantial costs in any litigation or other proceeding relating to patent rights, even if it is resolved in the Company’s favor. Some of the Company’s competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex litigation more effectively or for a longer time than the Company can because of their substantially greater resources. In addition, uncertainties relating to any patent, pending patent or intellectual property litigation could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to bring a technology to market, enter into collaborations in respect of the disputed or other technologies, or raise additional funds.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

The Company may not be able to bring any of the drug candidates it is developing to market.

 

Development of drug candidates involves a lengthy and complex process. Any drug candidate that the Company seeks to offer commercially to the public must be put through extensive research, development and pre-clinical and clinical testing which will be costly to the Company. This development process takes several years. In addition, the Company or its partners will need to obtain regulatory approvals to conduct clinical trials and manufacture drugs before they can be marketed. Results of pre-clinical studies are not necessarily indicative of results that may be obtained in clinical trials and results in early clinical trials may be different from those obtained in long-term testing or in general use. Adverse or inconclusive results from pre-clinical testing or clinical trials may substantially delay, or halt entirely, the development of products.

 

The Company may fail to successfully develop a drug candidate for many reasons, including:

 

·                   the failure to establish any collaborative third party agreements to support drug development;

 

·                   the failure to produce a promising compound in sufficient quantities to conduct clinical trials or to manufacture the compound at commercially acceptable quantities and prices;

 

·                   the failure of the drug in pre-clinical studies;

 

·                   the inability of clinical trials to demonstrate that the drug is safe and effective in humans; or

 

·                   the failure to obtain required regulatory approvals.

 

ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited shares may fluctuate in value.

 

The market price for ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited shares and the securities of other similar companies have been volatile. Factors that could significantly impact the market price of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited shares in the future other than those described elsewhere in this Annual Report include:

 

·                   announcements concerning research activities, technological innovations, clinical trials or financial results by the Company or its competitors;

 

·                   termination of collaborations by the Company or its partners;

 

·                   governmental regulatory initiatives;

 

·                   the FDA, the Australian Therapeutic Goods Administration or European Medicines Evaluation Agency approving or denying new applications;

 

·                   patent or proprietary rights developments;

 

·                   public concern as to the safety or ethical implications of biotechnology products;

 

·                   sales of substantial amounts of the Company’s shares by existing shareholders;

 

·                   price and volume fluctuations in the stock market at large that do not relate to the Company’s operating performance;

 

·                   changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, comments by securities analysts, or the Company’s failure to meet analysts’ expectation;

 

·                   actual or anticipated variations in periodic operating results;

 

·                   new products or services introduced or announced by the Company or its competitors;

 

·                   changes in the market valuations of other similar companies;

 

·                   announcements by the Company of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments; and

 

·                   additions or departures of key personnel.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s products may not receive and maintain regulatory approval. The complexity and multi-jurisdictional nature of the applicable regulatory processes could result in delays in achieving such regulatory approval, which would have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial conditions, its programs and projected revenues.

 

The international pharmaceutical industry is highly regulated by numerous governmental authorities in the U.S., Australia and Europe and by regulatory agencies in other countries where the Company intends to market products it may develop. National regulatory authorities administer a wide range of laws and regulations governing the testing, approval, manufacturing, labeling and marketing of drugs and also review the quality, safety and effectiveness of such products. These regulatory requirements are a major factor in determining whether a technology can be developed into a marketable clinical application or a specific product and the amount of time and expense associated with such development.

 

Government regulation imposes significant costs and restrictions on the development of pharmaceutical products for human use, including those the Company is developing. The development, clinical evaluation, manufacture and marketing of the Company’s products and ongoing research and development activities are subject to regulation by governments and regulatory agencies in all territories within which the Company intends to manufacture and market its products (whether themselves or through a partner). The Company’s products may not successfully complete the clinical trial process. Similarly, regulatory approvals to manufacture and market the Company’s products may not ultimately be obtained.

 

The time taken to obtain regulatory approval varies between countries. The Company’s products may not be approved in any country within the timescale envisaged, or at all. This may result in a delay, or make impossible, the commercialization of its products. Furthermore, each regulatory authority may impose its own requirements (for instance, by restricting the product’s indicated uses) and may refuse to grant, or may require additional data before granting, an approval, even though the relevant product candidate may have been approved by another country’s authority.

 

If regulatory approval is obtained, the product and its manufacture will be subject to continual review and this approval may be withdrawn or restricted. Changes in applicable legislation or regulatory policies, or discovery of problems with the product, or its production process, site or manufacturer, may result in the imposition of restrictions on the product, its sale, manufacture or use, including withdrawal of the product from the market, or may otherwise have an adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity and financial condition.

 

The Company has not had any of its product candidates receive approval for commercialization in Australia, the U.S. or elsewhere.

 

The Company may be unable to secure adequate insurance at an acceptable cost.  Failure to secure such insurance may expose the Company to liability in the event of a claim.

 

The Company’s business exposes it to potential product liability, professional indemnity and other risks which are inherent in the research and development, pre-clinical studies, clinical trials, manufacturing, marketing and use of pharmaceutical products.  The Company in carrying out its activities will potentially face contractual and statutory claims, or other types of claims.  Consumers, healthcare producers or persons selling products based on the Company’s technology may be able to bring claims against the Company based on the use of such products in clinical trials and the sale of products based on the Company’s technology. The Company is insured for product liability with a policy covering US$10,000,000 to April 30, 2009 that covers bodily injury or property damage arising out of the Company’s products used in the regular course of the clinical trials. The Company also carries directors’ and officers’ liability policies in the U.S. and Australia, with coverage of US$10,000,000, and customary employer’s liability, fiduciary liability and property insurance coverages in amounts that are considered usual for similarly situated companies. Product liability or any future necessary insurance cover may not be available to the Company at an acceptable cost, if at all, and if there is any claim, the level of the insurance the Company carries now or in the future may not be adequate. Similarly, a product liability, professional indemnity or other claim may materially and adversely affect the Company’s liquidity or its ability to continue to progress its product development. In addition, it may be necessary for the Company to secure certain levels of insurance as a condition to the conduct of clinical trials. In the event of any claim, the Company’s insurance coverage may not be adequate.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

The Company may face product liability claims.

 

The testing, marketing and sale of human health care products entails an inherent risk of product liability.  The Company in carrying out its activities will potentially face contractual and statutory claims, or other types of claim. In addition, the Company is exposed to potential product liability risks that are inherent in the research and development, pre-clinical study, clinical trials, manufacturing, marketing and use of medical devices and drug products. Consumers, healthcare producers or persons selling products based on the Company’s technology may be able to bring claims against the Company based on the use of such products in clinical trials and the sale of products based on the Company’s technology.

 

The Company may be subject to special interest groups and adverse public opinion.

 

Government bodies and regulatory agencies require that potential pharmaceutical products are subject to pre-clinical studies, including animal testing, prior to conducting human trials. ChemGenex arranges for such work either directly or through its collaborators. While the Company has not been subject to the attention of special interest groups, or any adverse public opinion of which it is aware, such work entails the risk of adverse public opinion and the attention of special interest groups, including those of animal rights activists.  These groups may in the future focus on the Company’s activities or those of its licensees or collaborators, and this might adversely affect the Company’s operations, by requiring it to curtail its activities or to change its testing procedures.

 

The pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries are frequently subject to adverse publicity on many topics, including corporate governance or accounting issues, product recalls and research and discovery methods, as well as political controversy over the impact of novel techniques and therapies on humans, animals and the environment. While there has to date been no adverse publicity about the Company, its collaborators, or its products, such adverse publicity in the future, should it arise, may hurt the Company’s public image, which could harm its operations, cause its share price to decrease or impair its ability to gain market acceptance for its products.  The Company has adopted an ethics policy for genetic research.

 

ITEM 4.                                        INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

A .            History and development of the Company

 

The Company was founded in September 1958 as N & B Finance and Development Corporation. It was renamed the Kingsway Finance Group in August 1964 and then became Australia Wide Industries Limited in May 1986. Australia Wide Industries Limited listed on the Australian Stock Exchange (“ASX”) in July 1986 and operated for ten years as a listed mining and exploration company (ASX: AWI). The Company commenced biotechnology activities in July 1996 and changed its name to Autogen Limited (ASX: AGT) in May 1999. Autogen Limited, in turn, changed its name to AGT Biosciences Limited in March 2003 and then to ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited (ASX: CXS) in June 2004. Biotechnology remains the focus of the Company’s activities. The Company’s Australian Business Number (ABN) is 79 000 248 304. It operates pursuant to its constitution, the Australian Corporations Act 2001, other legislation in Australia and the U.S., and the rules of the ASX.  The Company’s registered office is C/- LBW Chartered Accountants, Suite 3 Level 2, 10 Moorabool Street, Geelong, Victoria 3220 Australia.  Its principal administration office is Level 4, 299 Moorabool Street, Geelong, Victoria 3220 Australia.  Its telephone number is +613-5223-9900.  The Company’s website address is www.chemgenex.com.  Information on the Company’s website and websites linked to it does not constitute part of this Annual Report.

 

The Company in its present form is the result of the merger of AGT Biosciences Limited and ChemGenex Therapeutics, Inc. which was approved by shareholders in the General Meeting on June 21, 2004 and concluded on the same date. Following approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on November 28, 2007 ChemGenex spun out its Australian based operations in the fields of metabolic syndrome ( obesity and diabetes) and depression in December 2007. ChemGenex is now a genomics-driven pharmaceutical development company dedicated to improving the lives of patients by developing novel personalized cancer therapeutics. The Company has two molecules in Phase 2 clinical trials in the U.S. and has a pipeline of pre-clinical anti-cancer compounds in development. Details of the financial impact of the discontinued metabolic syndrome activities on operations are provided in Note 4 of the attached financial statements.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s development platform is more fully discussed at Items 4B. “Business Overview” and 4C “Research and Product Development Programs.”

 

The Company’s research commitments (not including fees payable to scientific consultants and advisors to the Company) as of June 30, 2008 are as follows:

 

An agreement signed in June 16, 2006 with Premier Research Group plc to provide clinical study services which ChemGenex may submit to the FDA in support of clinical studies being conducted with omacetaxine (formerly called Ceflatonin).  The agreement is called “the Master Clinical Service Agreement”. The services to be provided by this agreement cover a period of approximately 24 months but may be terminated, by either party, during that time within the terms provided in the agreement.

 

The Company has no fixed asset commitments as at June 30, 2008, and has incurred no significant fixed asset expenditure since that date. Expenditure on plant and equipment is usually minimal due to the Company’s outsourcing arrangements. Recent capital expenditure on plant and equipment is as follows:

 

 

 

Plant and equipment expenditure (A$000)

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended June 30, 2008

 

388

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended June 30, 2007

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended June 30, 2006

 

14

 

 

Important events since June 30, 2008

 

On July 23, 2008, following shareholder approval at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on July 22, 2008, the Company issued 37,235,343 ordinary fully paid shares to Stragen International N.V. The shares were issued as a condition to an Intellectual Property Assignment Deed under which the Company obtained full commercial control of omacetaxine mepesuccinate (formerly known as Ceflatonin) in Europe.

 

On August 5, 2008 Mr Jean-Luc Tétard, President of Stragen Pharma SA, became a director of the Company.

 

On September 17, 2008 the Company announced the placement of 15,216,153 ordinary fully paid shares at 85 cents each, raising a total of $12,933,730.These funds will be applied to the continued clinical trial program for omacetaxine.

 

On October 13, 2008 the Company announced that 150,568 shares had been issued under a Share Placement Programme to existing shareholders on the same terms as the issue on September 17, 2008. These issues brought the total fully paid ordinary shares issued by Company to 239,714,338.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

B.            Business overview

 

The Company focuses on the development of novel therapeutic agents in cancer. ChemGenex currently has two small molecule drug candidates in Phase 2 human trials (omacetaxine, formerly called Ceflatonin® and Quinamed®).

 

ChemGenex’s competitive advantage

 

The Company’s competitive advantage can be considered in terms of protected intellectual property (IP), the research and development platforms that support the development of existing IP and the creation of new IP and the organizational ability to realize the commercial value of the Company’s IP and other assets.

 

The Company owns or has exclusive licenses to 24 patent families related to omacetaxine, and 9 patent families pertaining to Quinamed®. These patent applications are in various states of protection ranging from provisional applications through to granted patents in a number of jurisdictions. In addition to IP that is protected by patents there is significant know how and expertise within the senior research staff of the Company.

 

Business strategy

 

The Company’s business strategy for growth and profitability is to discover, develop and commercialize novel therapeutics that address significant unmet needs in the pharmaceutical industry, based on the Company’s understanding of the genetic basis of disease.  The Company keeps its core competencies in-house (such as laboratory research management, pre-clinical work, clinical strategy and management), outsourcing the majority of laboratory research and all clinical testing to specialists, to minimize its infrastructure and fixed overhead costs. The Company regularly reviews the commercial opportunities for its clinical stage assets and will seek to maximize value creation for these assets. This may entail either direct commercialization efforts, territory-specific distribution arrangements or the complete out-licensing of product candidates following Phase 2 clinical evaluation.

 

ChemGenex’s drug development platform

 

The Company’s pre-clinical and clinical development efforts are based in Australia, California and Europe.  In vitro and in vivo screening models are used to evaluate lead compounds. Data from these models is fed back into extensive in-house databases for iterative analysis. A parallel series of profiling assays is performed to determine the potential pharmaceutical attributes and vulnerabilities of a compound.

 

Compounds that merit further development proceed through pre-formulation and advanced pre-clinical in support of regulatory filings for human clinical evaluation. These include non- Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) and GLP pharmacology, efficacy and toxicology studies in laboratory animal models. Additionally, compound manufacturing, scale-up considerations and dosage form stability studies are also performed.

 

Those agents with acceptable pharmacological and toxicological profiles may become the subject of evaluation in humans.  This requires submission to the U.S. FDA of an Investigational New Drug (IND) application for permission to begin Phase 1 dose escalation studies. After the Maximum Tolerated Dose is identified at the schedule contemplated for therapeutic use, Phase 2 studies evaluating potential disease indications are performed. If significant activity is identified, then larger Phase 3 studies are conducted in support of a New Drug Application (NDA). If approved the product can then be commercialized.

 

ChemGenex’s development pipeline

 

In the field of cancer the Company has two clinical stage product candidates, and three pre-clinical stage product candidates.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

Clinical stage product candidates

 

The Company has applied its genomic and clinical development expertise with its knowledge of cancer to identify small molecule therapeutic targets in oncology. By focusing on compounds with confirmed clinical activity and using genomic tools to optimize their development, the Company has been able to create a pipeline of product candidates described below:

 

Omacetaxine (formerly Ceflatonin® homoharringtonine)

 

Omacetaxine is a small molecule with established clinical activity as a single agent in hematological malignancies. The Company’s scientists have discovered that it affects a number of critical cellular pathways, including the regulation of genes associated with programmed cell death (apoptosis) and the inhibition of formation of new blood vessels in solid tumors (angiogenesis). The Company has received Orphan Drug Status protection for omacetaxine in CML in both the U.S.A. and Europe, as well as Fast Track Status from the U.S. F.D.A. In previous published Phase 2 clinical trials, 70% of patients showed complete hematological remission (CHR) in chronic myeloid leukemia (“CML”) after interferon- a failure. In more recent pilot studies in CML patients who had failed imatinib, 100% of chronic-phase patients and 70% of accelerated-phase patients achieved a CHR. The Company is currently conducting Phase 2/3 trials in the U.S.A. and Europe for CML patients who have the T315I Bcr-Abl mutation that confers resistance to imatinib and other TKIs. Data published in 2007 indicated that omacetaxine had positive clinical activity against imatinib-resistant, chronic myeloid leukemia (CML) associated with the T315I Bcr-Abl mutation, and these findings were supported by presentations at the Society of Hematology (ASH) Annual Meeting in Atlanta, Georgia (December 2007), the New Directions in Leukemia Research (NDLR) conference in Queensland, Australia (April 2008) and the European Hematology Association (EHA) Annual Congress in Copenhagen, Denmark (June 2008). The Company is also conducting a complementary phase 2 clinical trial in the U.S.A. for CML patients who have failed multiple TKIs regardless of mutation status. Positive clinical activity from this trial was reported at the European Hematology Association (EHA) Annual Congress in Copenhagen, Denmark (June 2008).  In March 2008 the Company initiated a phase 2 study evaluating the use of omacetaxine in refractory or relapsed acute myeloid leukemia (AML) patients who have failed intensive chemotherapy. The study will be conducted in France and is designed as a two-stage study with potential enrolment of up to 27 patients. The primary endpoint will be the proportion of patients achieving complete and partial remissions, and the secondary endpoints will include survival. The Company is also conducting Phase 2 trials in patients with the bone marrow disease called myelodysplastic syndrome (“MDS”) in collaboration at the M.D. Anderson Cancer Center.  Including intellectual property exclusively assigned from Stragen Pharma S.A., the Company has 24 active patent families for omacetaxine, covering  omacetaxine formulations, purification, synthesis and uses.

 

Quinamed ® (amonafide dihydrochloride)

 

Amonafide dihydrochloride (amonafide) is a synthetic organic compound with established anti-cancer clinical activity. The Company has recently discovered that amonafide effects a number of targets in the epidermal growth factor receptor pathway, which controls the growth of a number of tumor types, in addition to affects on an enzyme that is critical for normal cell replication, topoisomerase II.  In National Cancer Institute (“NCI”)-sponsored clinical studies with amonafide monohydrochloride, 25% of breast cancer patients and 15% of prostate cancer patients showed either partial (>50% reduction in tumor volume) or complete (no measurable disease) responses.  However, researchers also noted some unpredictable side effects.  It was later discovered that differences in how patients metabolize the drug has a significant impact on toxicities.  These metabolic differences can now be determined by testing a patient’s NAT-2 genotype. The Company’s development strategy is to determine a patient’s NAT-2 genotype and then treat them with a more precise and personal dose needed to produce the optimal result.  At the American Association of Clinical Oncologists (ASCO Annual Meeting in June 2007, data was presented from the phase 1/2a dose-escalation study of Quinamed. The key outcomes from this study were (i) demonstration that dose level could be optimised according to patient genotype, (ii) the drug was well tolerated, with predictable and manageable side effects, and (iii) there was evidence of anticancer activity in several solid tumor types. The Company has nine patent families under prosecution, including two issued patents and applications covering amonafide salts, formulations, synthesis and uses.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

Pre-clinical stage product candidates

 

In addition to omacetaxine and Quinamed ® the Company is developing several other pre-clinical oncology compounds, including the following:

 

CXS2101:  This compound inhibits NF-Kappa B and has been shown to increase the anti-cancer activity of other agents in animal models.

 

CXS6001:  This compound affects levels of the structural protein tubulin in cancer cells and has shown anti-tumor efficacy in mouse models.

 

CXS273:  This compound affects the integrity of DNA and has been shown to increase the anti-cancer activity of cisplatin in a mouse model.

 

The company suspended development of CXS299 in June 2008.

 

Research and product development programs

 

The Company was an inaugural recipient of the Pharmaceutical Partnership Program (P3) of the Australian Federal government, through which the Company had the ability to earn grant revenue based on expansion of the Company’s research in Australia over the grant period.  Over the past three years the Company received payments totaling more than A$2 million from P3. With the divestment of the Company’s diabetes and obesity discovery assets and program in November 2007 the Company’s eligibility for P3 was reduced and the Company terminated its participation in the scheme effective November 2007.

 

Commercial and research and development collaborations

 

The following section describes the Company’s existing commercial collaborators and the commercial agreements with respect to the Company’s principal research and development programs and commercialization agreement:

 

Research, License and Commercialization Agreement (Research Services Provision):  A contract dated April 21, 2005 between ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited and Deakin University consolidated the provision of research services by Deakin University previously defined in the agreements of June 26, 2000 (Research Services (Subcontracting), August 16, 2000 (Research, License and Commercialization Agreement (Gene Discovery in Depression) and February 28, 1997 (Research Agreement). Under the consolidated agreement ChemGenex undertakes to fund research and development programs with Deakin University in the fields of diabetes, obesity, cancer, respiratory diseases, inflammatory diseases, osteoporosis, allergy, asthma, depression and autoimmunity.  All intellectual property developed under the terms of the agreement belongs to the Company.  If ChemGenex commercializes or licenses products resulting from the research program conducted under the contract, it is obligated to pay Deakin University a royalty on net sales.  The contract may be terminated if the University does not timely commence its work, if it fails to achieve milestones or use appropriate professional standards or if the program is not producing results in the opinion of the Company, among other conditions.  It may also be terminated by Deakin University if ChemGenex fails to provide the agreed funding.  Under certain circumstances the Company is obligated to pay the royalties to Deakin University even in the event of early termination.  The original term of this agreement from January 1, 2005 to December 31, 2005 was twice extended by 12 months to December 31, 2006 and December 30, 2007 (on December 18, 2006). ChemGenex incurred expenses of A$2,420,000 in fiscal 2006, and A$2,410,000 in fiscal 2007 for services provided under the agreement. The agreement was extended by mutual agreement in December 2007 to December 31, 2008 to conduct research in the field of cancer. The value of this extension was A$150,000. Further expenses of A$75,000 will be incurred until expiry date.

 

Patents, licenses and proprietary rights

 

The Company pursues a policy of seeking to obtain patent protection for its inventions in Australia, the U.S., Europe, Japan and in selected other countries. The Company also relies upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovations and licensing opportunities to develop and maintain its competitive position. To date, the Company has not threatened or instituted proceedings against any third party on patent or other proprietary rights nor has any third party threatened or instituted proceedings against the Company.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

Certain products and processes currently being developed or considered for development by the Company are in the area of biotechnology. The number of patent filings by biotechnology firms in major jurisdictions is particularly high and the outcome of such applications is generally uncertain and involves complex legal and factual questions. To date, no consistent international policy has emerged regarding the breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology patents. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will develop products or processes that are patentable, that patent applications made by the Company, or made by parties who have agreed to license their inventions to the Company, will result in patents being issued or that, if issued, the claims allowed will be sufficiently broad to protect what the Company believes to be its proprietary rights or that such patents will prevent others from developing similar or functionally equivalent products or processes. In addition, products or processes covered by such patents, or any other products or processes developed by the Company or licensed to the Company, may infringe patents owned by third parties or be subject to claims of patent infringement by these parties. In such a situation, the Company may have to obtain a license, defend an infringement action in court or challenge the scope or validity of any infringed or allegedly infringed patents. Such required licenses may not be available to the Company at all, or if available, such licenses may not be on terms acceptable to the Company or that the Company will prevail in any patent litigation. Failure to obtain a license or prevail in any patent litigation relating to any technology that the Company may require to commercialize its products or processes may have a material adverse impact on the Company.

 

Litigation may also be necessary to enforce any patents granted to the Company or to determine the scope and validity of third party patents. Patent litigation is time consuming and expensive. The Company may not have, or be able to devote the necessary resources to conduct patent litigation. Patent applications made by or licensed to the Company may not result in patents being issued or, if issued, the patents may not provide the right to exclude competitors with similar technology.

 

The Company maintains an active policy of filing patent applications.  It is possible that patents may not be granted on pending applications made by the Company or parties that have licensed their inventions to the Company. Similarly, issued patents may not provide significant proprietary protection or commercial advantage or may be infringed or designed around by others. Since publication of inventions or discoveries in scientific or patent literature often lags behind actual invention or discovery, it is possible that the inventions covered by each of the Company’s pending patent applications may not have dominant status in terms of date of invention. The Company’s patents or patent applications may become involved in opposition proceedings instituted by third parties. If such proceedings were initiated against the Company’s rights, the defense of such rights could involve substantial costs and the outcome cannot be anticipated. If patents are issued to other parties that contain valid claims that are interpreted to cover any of the Company’s products, it is possible that the Company may not be able to obtain licenses to such patents at a reasonable cost, if at all, or may not be able to develop or obtain alternative technology. Competitors or potential competitors may have filed applications for, may have received patents covering, or may obtain additional patents and proprietary rights that may relate to, compounds or processes competitive with those of the Company.

 

The Company also relies upon unpatented proprietary technology, and no assurance can be given that others will not independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary technology and techniques, or otherwise gain access to the Company’s proprietary technology or disclose such technology, or that the Company can meaningfully protect its rights to its unpatented proprietary technology, secrets and know-how.

 

It is the Company’s policy generally to require its consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements prior to the commencement of consulting or other relationships with the Company. Employees have a similar confidentiality provision in their employment contracts. These agreements provide that all confidential information developed or made known to the individual during the course of the individual’s relationship with the Company is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specific, limited circumstances. The Company also requires signed confidentiality or material transfer agreements from any person who is to receive confidential data or proprietary material from the Company. In the case of consultants, the agreements generally provide that all inventions conceived by the individual while rendering services to the Company shall be assigned to the Company as the exclusive property of the Company. Similar provisions are contained in the Company’s employment contracts, and provisions of many national laws, including Australia, provide that intellectual property rights created during the course of employment belong to the employer. There can be no assurance, however, that these agreements and provisions will provide meaningful protection or adequate remedies for the Company’s intellectual property rights, trade secrets or other confidential information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

Patent protection is being sought in major markets through the filing of U.S. and International Patent Cooperation Treaty (“PCT”) applications. The portfolio includes 10 PCT applications and currently derived from these applications are numerous national and regional patent applications in various jurisdictions, including the U.S., Europe and Japan. The portfolio also includes 15 provisional patents.

 

Under the PCT, a single patent application is filed which designates various countries or regions. The application is r eferred to as an International application. All major countries and regions (e.g. Europe) can be designated and this effectively reserves the right to lodge patent applications in those countries and regions up to 18 months following the filing of the PCT application. During that period, an International Search Report and an International Preliminary Examination Report are issued by the relevant national patent office (e.g. the United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”), or Australian Patent Office) and there are opportunities to amend the claims and specification although new matters cannot be added. At the end of the 18 month period (i.e. generally 30 months after filing of the initial provisional application), the applicant decides in which countries to pursue national or regional applications.

 

Competition

 

The Company faces, and will continue to face, intense competition from one or more of the following entities:

 

·                   biotechnology companies;

·                   pharmaceutical companies;

·                   academic and research institutions; and

·                   government agencies.

 

The Company is also subject to significant competition from organizations that are pursuing approaches, technologies and products that are the same as, or similar to, its technology and products. Any products that are developed through the Company’s technologies will compete in highly competitive markets. Further, the Company’s competitors may be more effective at using their technologies to develop commercial products. Many of the organizations competing with the Company have greater capital resources, larger research and development staffs and facilities, more experience in obtaining regulatory approvals and more extensive product manufacturing and marketing capabilities. As a result, the Company’s competitors may be able to more easily develop technologies and products that would render the Company’s technologies and products, and those of its collaborators, obsolete and noncompetitive.  In addition, there may be product candidates of which the Company is not aware at an earlier stage of development that may compete with the Company’s product candidates.

 

Specific competition risk according to disease class is summarized below.

 

Cancer

 

In the field of cancer therapeutics the Company faces intense competition from major pharmaceutical companies and specialized biotechnology companies engaged in the development of product candidates and other therapeutic products. Several of these companies have products in the same indications or utilize similar technologies and/or personalized medicine techniques.  The FDA has approved two drugs for imatinib-resistant CML; Sprycel ® (dasatinib), a drug developed and commercialized by Bristol-Myers Squibb was approved in June 2006, and Nilotinib ® (nilotinib) a drug developed and commercialized by Novartis was approved in October 2007. Significantly, neither Sprycel ® nor Nilotinib ® have demonstrated efficacy against the T315I Bcr-Abl mutation, and it is this sub-set of resistant CML patients that are being targeted by the Company for initial approval. Several biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies are seeking to develop effective therapeutics specifically for CML patients with the T315I mutation. Vertex Pharmaceuticals and its partner Merck are developing an aurora kinase inhibitor referred to as MK-0457 or VX-680. Phase 2 clinical trials for this agent were underway but were suspended in 2007. Nerviano Medical Sciences in collaboration with the U.S
National Cancer Institute is conducting a small phase 2 study of the novel aurora kinase inhibitor PHA-739358. Astex Therapeutics is developing AT9283, an inhibitor of several targets including Bcr-Abl. This agent is currently in phase 1/2 clinical trials. Several companies have agents in phase 1 clinical trials, including Exelixis (XL228), Kyowa Hakko (KW2449) and Medimmune/Infinity Pharmaceuticals (IPI504).  Xanthus Pharmaceuticals is currently conducting a phase 3 study with amonafide malate in acute myeloid leukemia.  There are also a number of other competitive trials or technologies elsewhere in the world.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

Material effects of government regulation

 

The international pharmaceutical industry is highly regulated by numerous governmental authorities in Australia, the U.S., the U.K., Europe and by regulatory agencies in other countries where the Company intends to test or market products it may develop. National regulatory authorities administer a wide range of laws and regulations governing the testing, approval, manufacturing, labeling and marketing of drugs and devices and also review the quality, safety and effectiveness of pharmaceutical products and devices. These regulatory requirements are a major factor in determining whether a substance can be developed into a marketable product and the amount of time and expense associated with such development.

 

The national regulatory authorities have high standards of technical appraisal. Consequently, the introduction of new pharmaceutical products generally entails a lengthy development and approval process. Of particular importance is the requirement that products be authorized or registered prior to marketing and such authorization or registration be maintained. Of particular significance in the U.S. are the U.S. FDA requirements covering research and development, testing, manufacturing, quality control, labeling and marketing of drugs for human use. A pharmaceutical product cannot be marketed in the U.S. until it has been approved by the FDA, and then can only be marketed for the indications and claims approved by the FDA. As a result of these requirements, the length of time, the level of expenditure and the laboratory and clinical information required for approval of a New Drug Application (“NDA”) or a product license application are substantial and can require a number of years, although recently revised regulations are designed to reduce the time for approval of new products. In Europe, two systems for the registration of pharmaceutical products are in operation, the centralized procedure and the mutual recognition procedure. In the centralized system, review of the proposed new product is co-coordinated by the European Medicines Evaluation Agency (“EMEA”) located in London and, if the product is found to meet the criteria for marketing authorization, a European Marketing Authorization is granted which is valid throughout the EU. In the mutual recognition procedure, the initial review is undertaken by the national health authority of one of the EU member states and, if this country considers the product acceptable for marketing authorization, the other EU member states are asked to recognize this approval and issue their own authorization. The mutual recognition procedure thus results in a national authorization in each member state. However, irrespective of the procedure followed, the technical requirements for marketing authorization are the same. For European countries that are outside the EU, national marketing authorization procedures with similar technical standards exist. The Company anticipates that the introduction of new products will continue to require substantial effort, time and expense in order to comply with regulatory requirements.

 

No new drug is permitted to be sold in developed countries without extensive data on its quality, safety and efficacy first being obtained, organized and submitted to governmental regulatory authorities. The development stage of this process may be divided into two parts: (i) pre-clinical; and (ii) clinical development. Included in pre-clinical development are the development of processes for manufacturing the product candidate, toxicology studies and other activities such as pharmacology and drug metabolism studies. Clinical trials run until, and in some cases after, the product is marketed and covers several, sometimes overlapping, phases.

 

In Phase 1 trials, a small number of healthy human volunteers are exposed to a product candidate. Typically, the volunteers are administered single or multiple doses, following which the effects of the candidate drug are closely monitored. The way the body deals with the product candidate from administration to elimination (pharmacokinetics) is also studied. Phase 2 trials involve the first studies on patients and explore the doses required to produce the desired benefits.  Safety and pharmacokinetic information is also collected. Phase 3 trials typically involve larger numbers of patients and geographically dispersed test sites. The trials in this Phase may compare the new agent with other available treatments. In Phase 3 trials, costs are significantly higher than in earlier Phases due to the larger number of patients and longer duration of trial.

 

In addition to the forms of regulation referred to above, the prices of pharmaceutical products in many countries are controlled by law. In some countries, such as France and Japan, the prices of individual products are regulated. By contrast, in the U.K., prices are controlled by reference to limits upon the overall profitability, measured by the rate of return on capital employed, of sales of products supplied under the U.K. National Health Service. The permitted rate of return on capital employed for each pharmaceutical company is determined through negotiations with the U.K. Department of Health under the 1999 Pharmaceutical Price Regulation Scheme. If a company’s actual rate of return exceeds the agreed rate, it is required to negotiate either a repayment of past profits which the Department of Health considers to be excessive or future price reductions. There is no assurance that the current arrangements will continue in the future.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

Governments may also influence the price of pharmaceutical products through their control of national healthcare organizations which may bear a large part of the cost of supply of such products to consumers. In the U.S. and Germany, indirect pressure can be exerted on prices by government funded or private medical care plans. The Company is unable to predict whether, or to what extent, its business may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments relating to specific pharmaceutical products or the pricing of such products, or to its overall business. The uncertainties involved, or any adverse regulatory developments, could significantly affect the Company’s operational results and its ability to achieve profitability.

 

C .                                     Organizational structure

 

ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited is a limited liability corporation listed on the ASX. Details of its only subsidiary company as at June 30, 2008 are set out below:

 

Name of entity

 

Country of
incorporation

 

Ownership interest
(%)

 

Business

ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (formerly ChemGenex Therapeutics, Inc.)

 

U.S. (Delaware)

 

100

 

Research and development

 

ChemGenex Europe S.A.S., a 100% owned subsidiary based in France was established on September 18, 2008. The former Australian subsidiary Autogen Research Pty Ltd was divested in December 2007 (Refer Item 4A, page 17).

 

D.                                     Property, plant and equipment

 

The Company’s headquarters are in Geelong, Victoria, Australia.  Its headquarters, comprising leased premises of approximately 140 square meters, contains office space and storage space. The property plant and equipment recorded includes leasehold improvements, furniture and fittings, computer equipment, and equipment used in research and development by external providers.

 

These properties are in good condition.

 

The headquarters premises are leased from DVDP Group No 4 Pty Ltd under a 5 year lease agreement which expires on December 31, 2012.

 

ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. leases premises of approximately 5,000 square feet in Menlo Park under a 38 month lease agreement which expires on October 31, 2010. This lease allows for an option for a further 2 years to October 31, 2012.

 

The U.S. subsidiary also leases approximately 2,400 square feet of corporate office space in Menlo Park, California, under a lease agreement that terminates on December 31, 2009, and also subleases approximately 500 square feet of laboratory space to conduct in vitro experiments to support oncology discovery and development programs in Menlo Park, California under a sublease that terminates on December 31, 2009.

 

Environmental

 

The Company’s operations are not subject to any significant environmental regulations under either Australian Commonwealth or State legislation. The Company uses hazardous materials that could be dangerous to human health, safety or the environment. As appropriate, the Company stores these materials and various wastes resulting from their use at its facilities pending ultimate use and disposal. The Company is subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws in both Australia and the U.S. and regulations governing the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and wastes resulting from the use of such materials. While the costs for compliance, including costs related to the disposal of hazardous materials, to date have been nominal, the Company may incur significant costs complying with both existing and future environmental laws and regulations. ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is subject to regulation by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, the California and federal environmental protection agencies and to regulation under the Toxic Substances Control Act. OSHA or the California or federal EPA may adopt regulations that may affect the U.S. subsidiary’s research and development programs. The Company is unable to predict whether any agency will adopt any regulations that could have a material adverse effect on its operations.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 5.      OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with Item 3A. “Selected consolidated financial data” and the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements, the notes thereto and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report.  In addition to historical information, the following discussion and other parts of this Annual Report contain forward-looking statements that reflect the Company’s plans, estimates, intentions, expectations and beliefs.  Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements.  See the “Risk Factors” section of Item 3D and other forward-looking statements in this Annual Report for a discussion of some, but not all factors that could cause or contribute to such differences.

 

The following review is based on the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

For all periods up to and including the year ended June 30, 2005, the Company prepared its financial statements in accordance with Australian generally accepted accounting practice (“AGAAP”).  Since June 30, 2006 the financial statements have been  prepared in accordance with IFRS.  In preparing these consolidated financial statements, the Company has started from an opening balance sheet date as at July 1, 2004, the Company’s date of transition to IFRS.

 

Significant accounting policies

 

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported financial results of operations. Management believes the significant accounting policies contained as Note 2 to the attached financial statements affect judgments and estimates used in the preparation of consolidated financial statements and are critical to the business operations and the understanding of the results of the operations.

 

Recently issued but not yet adopted accounting pronouncements applicable to ChemGenex

 

The financial report complies with Australian Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Certain International Financial Reporting Standards have recently been issued or amended but are not yet effective and have not been adopted by the Group for the annual reporting period ended 30 June 2008. The directors’ have assessed the impact of these new or amended standards (to the extent relevant to the group) and interpretations as follows:

 

20



Table of Contents

 

Reference

 

Title

 

Summary

 

Application
date of
standard*

 

Impact on Group
financial report

 

Application
date for
Group*

IFRS 8

 

Operating Segments and consequential amendments to other Australian Accounting Standards

 

New standard replacing IAS14 Segment Reporting, which adopts a management reporting approach to segment reporting.

 

January 1, 2009

 

IFRS 8 is a disclosure standard so will have no direct impact on the amounts included in the Group’s financial statements, although it may indirectly impact the level at which goodwill is tested for impairment. In addition, the amendments may have an impact on the Group’s segment disclosures.

 

July 1, 2009

IAS 1 (Revised)

 

Presentation of Financial Statements and consequential amendments to other Australian Accounting Standards

 

Introduces a statement of comprehensive income. Other revisions include impacts on the presentation of items in the statement of changes in equity, new presentation requirements for restatements or reclassifications of items in the financial statements, changes in the presentation requirements for dividends and changes to the titles of the financial statements.

 

January 1, 2009

 

These amendments are only expected to affect the presentation of the Group’s financial report and will not have a direct impact on the measurement and recognition of amounts disclosed in the financial report. The Group has not determined at this stage whether to present a single statement of comprehensive income or two separate statements.

 

July 1, 2009

IFRS 2

 

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standard – Share-based Payments: Vesting Conditions and Cancellations

 

The amendments clarify the definition of ‘vesting conditions’, introducing the term ‘non-vesting conditions’ for conditions other than vesting conditions as specifically defined and prescribe the accounting treatment of an award that is effectively cancelled because a non-vesting condition is not satisfied.

 

January 1, 2009

 

The Group has share-based payment arrangements that may be affected by these amendments. However, the Group has not yet determined the extent of the impact, if any.

 

July 1, 2009

 

21



Table of Contents

 

Amendments to International Financial Reporting Standards***

 

Improvements to IFRSs

 

The improvements project is an annual project that provides a mechanism for making non-urgent, but necessary, amendments to IFRSs. The IASB has separated the amendments into two parts: Part 1 deals with changes the IASB identified resulting in accounting changes; Part II deals with either terminology or editorial amendments that the IASB believes will have minimal impact.

 

January 1, 2009 except for amendments to IFRS 5, which are effective from July 1, 2009.

 

The Group has not yet determined the extent of the impact of the amendments, if any.

 

July 1, 2009

 


*designates the beginning of the applicable annual reporting period unless otherwise stated

 

Adoption of new accounting standard

 

The Group has adopted IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures and all consequential amendments which became applicable on January 1, 2007. The adoption of this standard has only affected the disclosure in these financial statements. There has been no affect on profit and loss or the financial position of the entity.

 

Application of critical accounting policies

 

The Company prepares its financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. As such, it is required to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that management believes are reasonable based upon the information available. The estimates, judgments and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. The significant accounting policies listed in Note 2 of the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements that management believes are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating its financial condition and results of operations are discussed below.

 

A .                                     Operating results

 

The Company’s principal activity since July 1996 has been research and development of novel targets and therapeutics for human diseases including obesity, diabetes, depression and cancer. The Company has made losses since commencing its current principal activities. As at June 30, 2008, the Company’s accumulated deficit was A$99,143,847 compared to A$92,723,921 as at June 30, 2007.

 

The Company’s losses fluctuate from year to year principally due to the commencement or termination of collaborative research and development agreements, the timing of milestone payments, government grants, the level of interest income and variations in the level of expenditures relating to research and clinical development programs. The Company expects to incur continued losses in coming years. The Company continues to incur the greater part of its costs on personnel and external contract costs needed to support the research and development of its platforms, including expenses related to the protection of patent and other intellectual property rights.

 

Overview

 

The Company is a biopharmaceutical company committed to advancing patient care by discovering, developing and commercializing novel medicines for cancer. ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited was formed through the merger of AGT Biosciences Limited and ChemGenex Therapeutics, Inc. on June 21, 2004. AGT Biosciences Limited was a publicly-listed company that specialized in the use of genomics tools to identify and validate novel targets for therapeutic intervention in diabetes, obesity, depression and anxiety. AGT Biosciences Limited, which had previously been called Autogen Limited (from May 1999 to March 2003) and Australia Wide Industries Limited (from July 1986 to May 1999), commenced biotechnology activities on July 10, 1996. ChemGenex Therapeutics,

 

22



Table of Contents

 

Inc. was a private company incorporated in the state of Delaware on September 14, 1999 to use genomic tools and medicinal chemistry to accelerate the development of anti-cancer therapeutics. The merged entity commenced trading on the ASX as ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited on June 29, 2004. At June 30, 2008 the merged entity has an aggregate of 187,112,274 shares of ordinary stock outstanding.

 

To date, the Company has devoted substantially all of its resources to the development of its target discovery and validation technologies, research and development and preclinical and early stage clinical testing of omacetaxine and Quinamed® (amonafide dichloride) and other product candidates. It has incurred net losses since the commencement of biotechnology operations and expects to incur substantial and increasing losses for the next several years as it expands its research and development activities and moves its product candidates into later stages of development. To date, the Company has no product revenue and has funded its operations primarily through the payments from pharmaceutical industry partners, issue of equity securities and interest income. It had ongoing long term partnership agreement in diabetes and obesity with Merck Santé which was divested in Deceember 2007.  Planned core activities over the next several years are to:

 

·                   continue the development of omacetaxine, currently in Phase 2/3 clinical trial for the treatment of CML;

·                   continue the development of Quinamed®, currently in Phase 2 clinical trial for the treatment of solid tumors including prostate, breast and ovarian cancer;

·                   continue the development of its other cancer-treating product candidates;

·                   establish and maintain sales and marketing operations;

·                   commercialize any product candidates that receive regulatory approval; and

·                   in-license technology and acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies that are synergistic with the Company’s own.

 

ChemGenex has a limited history of operations with its current management team and business focus.

 

The Company’s business is subject to significant risks, including but not limited to the risks inherent in its ongoing clinical trials and the regulatory approval process, the results of its research and development efforts, competition from other products and technologies and uncertainties associated with obtaining and enforcing patent rights.

 

Results of operations – fiscal years

 

The following tables are intended to illustrate a tabular analysis of the consolidated income statements for the 2008, 2007 and 2006 fiscal years.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

The table below shows contribution of different revenue and other income types to total revenue and other income for fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006. All revenue was earned in Australia and is expressed in A$.

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

A$

 

Research revenue

 

 

 

 

Interest revenue

 

1,055,093

 

862,096

 

241,634

 

Other revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-Patent reimbursement

 

 

 

 

-Exchange rate benefit

 

181,122

 

157,917

 

 

-Government grants

 

1,407,495

 

655,809

 

 

-Other revenue

 

60,064

 

1,911

 

 

Revenues and other income from continuing activities

 

2,703,774

 

1,667,733

 

241,634

 

Revenue associated with discontinued business

 

12,545,688

 

610,401

 

2,055,388

 

Total revenue and other income

 

15,249,462

 

2,278,134

 

2,297,022

 

 

The table below shows percentage change in revenue and other income from continuing activities for fiscal 2008, 2007, and 2006:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Revenues and other income from continuing activities

 

62.1

%

590.2

%

-9.5

%

 

The table below shows the proportion of individual expenses items to total operating costs for continuing activities for fiscal 2008, 2007, and 2006.

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Research expenditure

 

45.9

%

45.3

%

41.2

%

Employee costs

 

36.3

%

26.4

%

33.5

%

Patent costs

 

2.0

%

3.3

%

2.9

%

Legal costs

 

1.1

%

0.7

%

1.4

%

Depreciation

 

0.6

%

2.8

%

3.3

%

Travel costs

 

2.2

%

1.1

%

1.9

%

Accounting and audit costs

 

2.8

%

3.1

%

4.7

%

Other expenses from ordinary activities

 

9.1

%

17.3

%

11.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

While the level of research and development expenditure has remained relatively constant for the past three fiscal years, the relativity of employee costs and other expenses has altered significantly as research specialists originally retained as consultants have been employed by the Company.

 

Comparison of fiscal year 2008 with fiscal year 2007 for continuing activities

 

Revenue

 

Revenue increased by A$1,036 thousand or 62.1% from A$1.7 million in fiscal 2007 to A$2.7 million in fiscal 2008. The increase reflects an increase in interest and government grants during the year.

 

Costs and expenses

 

The Company’s costs and expenses are detailed in the consolidated statements of income.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

Research expenditure

 

Research expenditure increased by 114% from A$4.3 million in fiscal 2007 to A$9.2 million in fiscal 2008. This reflects continued increased expenses associated with clinical trials for omacetaxine incurred during the year.

 

Employee costs

 

Employee expenses increased by A$4.8 million or 192% to A$7.3 million in fiscal 2008, as the numbers employed at the Menlo Park increased to support the clinical trials.

 

Patent costs

 

Patent costs include regulatory charges involved in applying for, and maintaining, patent protection together with charges from patent attorneys for specialist advice on these matters. Patent costs are expensed as incurred. Patent costs increased by 30.9% to A$0.4 million in fiscal 2008.

 

Legal costs

 

Legal costs increased by 220% to A$210 thousand in fiscal 2008.

 

Depreciation

 

Depreciation costs reduced by A$157 thousand in fiscal 2008 as all research equipment was fully depreciated

 

Travel costs

 

Travel costs increased by 337% to A$446 thousand in fiscal 2008.

 

Accounting and audit costs

 

Accounting and audit costs increased by 91% to A$568 thousand in fiscal 2008.

 

Other administration expenses from continuing activities

 

Other expenses from continuing activities increased by 12% from A$1.6 million in fiscal 2007 to A$1.8 million in fiscal 2008.

 

Net loss

 

The Company’s net loss decreased by A$5.3 million, after including A$10.9 million profit from discontinued operations. The loss from continuing activities increased by A$9.2 million or 111% from A$8.2 million in fiscal 2007 to A$17.4 million in fiscal 2008 for the reasons described above.

 

Comparison of fiscal year 2007 with fiscal year 2006 for continuing activities

 

Revenue

 

Revenue increased by approximately 600% from A$0.24 million in fiscal 2006 to A$1.7 million in fiscal 2007. The increase reflects an increase in interest and government grants of $655,809 (previously $Nil) obtained during the year.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

Costs and expenses

 

The Company’s costs and expenses are detailed in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Research expenditure

 

Research expenditure increased by 32% from A$3.3 million in fiscal 2006 to A$4.3 million in fiscal 2007. This reflects increased expenses associated with clinical trials incurred during the year.

 

Employee costs

 

Employee expenses reduced slightly in 2007 due to a reduction in the amortisation of share based compensation costs that year.

 

Patent costs

 

Patent costs include regulatory charges involved in applying for, and maintaining, patent protection together with charges from patent attorneys for specialist advice on these matters. Patent costs are expensed as incurred. Patent costs increased by 33% in fiscal 2007 due to different timing of various patent activities.

 

Legal costs

 

Legal costs reduced slightly in 2007.

 

Depreciation

 

No substantive change from previous year.

 

Travel costs

 

Travel costs reduced slightly in 2007.

 

Accounting and audit costs

 

Accounting and audit costs reduced by 22% to A$298 thousand in fiscal 2007

 

Other expenses from ordinary activities

 

Other administration expenses from continued activities increased by 78% from A$0.9 million in fiscal 2006 to A$1.6 million in fiscal 2007.

 

Net loss

 

The Company’s net loss increased by A$1.3 million, after including A$3.5 million loss from discontinued operations. The loss from continuing activities increased by A$0.4 million or 5% from A$7.8 million in fiscal 2006 to A$8.2 million in fiscal 2007 for the reasons described above.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

B .            Liquidity and capital resources

 

The Company’s future revenues, liquidity and capital requirements are dependent upon several factors, including, but not limited to, its success in generating significant revenues from partnerships and/or sales; the time and cost required to manufacture and find partners for its products; the time and cost required for clinically developed products to obtain regulatory approvals; competitive technological developments; additional government-imposed regulation and control; and changes in healthcare systems which affect reimbursement, pricing or availability of drugs and market acceptance of drugs and drug technologies.

 

To date, the Company has funded its operations primarily through the issue of equity securities.

 

In common with biotechnology and drug development companies the Company’s operations are subject to considerable risks and significant uncertainty due primarily to the nature of the development and commercialisation undertaken. To allow the Company to execute its near term and longer term plans, it will be necessary to raise additional capital in the future. The Directors are investigating the opportune time to raise capital and/or enter into licensing/commercialisation arrangements. Having regard to the current market conditions and the Company’s development programs, the Directors have established a Board sub-committee to assess strategic alternatives including possible partnership, mergers, acquisitions and capital raising alternatives. The Directors plan to continue operations on the basis of the matters referred to above, and believe that future fund raising activities and the value of the Group’s existing net assets will generate sufficient funds for the Group to continue to operate in its normal manner in the future.

 

Net cash used in operating activities of A$15,999,781 in fiscal 2008, A$11,154,291 in fiscal 2007 and A$8,485,618 in fiscal 2006. During the same period a total of A$36,906,083 was raised from the issue of securities.

 

While minimal cash (apart from interest on cash assets) has been provided by, or used for, investing activities during each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2008, plant and equipment of A$387,689 was acquired in fiscal 2008 as new office locations were established in Menlo Park and Geelong.

 

While the Company’s cash resources are currently held in Australian dollars (A$), a significant part of its cash flow burden over the next year is committed to funding clinical trial programs in the U.S. The Company monitors the potential foreign currency exposure from this situation and utilizes forward exchange contracts when appropriate to manage this risk. (Refer Note 19 of the attached Financial Statements)

 

C.            Research and product development programs

 

Included within research and development expenditure for continued operations is the following external expenditure on research and development projects.

 

Over the last three years total expenditure on continuing research and development has resulted in the consumption of significant cash resources, totaling A$19,538,372. The principal expenditures have been as follows:

 

Program

 

Annual Expenditure
Fiscal 2008

 

Annual Expenditure
Fiscal 2007

 

Annual Expenditure
Fiscal 2006

 

Cancer

 

A$

9,233,641

 

A$

4,320,602

 

A$

3,325,103

 

 

Whilst the Company made no expenditure in cancer research until fiscal 2005, ChemGenex Therapeutics, Inc. had expended US$5,955,000 (A$9,353,000) in cancer related research. This expenditure is reflected in the purchase price paid by the Company for ChemGenex Therapeutics, Inc.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

The major expenditure during the last three years by specific research undertaking is as follows:

 

Collaborator

 

Agreement and commencement date

 

Commitment at June 30,
2008

 

Expiry date

 

Expenditure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premier

 

Premier Research CRO Agreement:June 2006

 

US$

4,670,539

 

Trial

 

2008:A$1,829,791

Research

 

 

 

A$

(4,805,598

)

dependent

 

2007:A$4,320,6027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006:A$3,325,103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medpace

 

Medpace Master Agreement: May 2008

 

US$ 

1,557,703

 

Trial

 

2008:A$306,006

 

 

 

 

A$

(1,629,074

)

dependent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Xerimis

 

Xerimis Protocols: January 2008

 

US$

125,000

 

Trial

 

2008:A$113,903

 

 

 

 

A$

(130,726

)

dependent

 

 

 

See Item 4B. “Business overview - Components of the ChemGenex Discovery, Development and Validation Platforms” for further information on the current status of the development programs.

 

See Item 4B. “Business overview - Commercial Collaborations” for further information on the status of research and development and commercial collaborations.

 

See Item 3D. “Risk Factors” for the risks associated with developing and bringing drug candidates to market.

 

Research and Development

 

The Company has two therapeutic agents in Phase 2 clinical trials for three indications in the USA and several molecules in pre-clinical development.

 

Omacetaxine is currently in a Phase 2/3 trial in the U.S.A. and Europe for CML patients who have the T315I Bcr-Abl mutation that confers resistance to imatinib and other tyrosine kinase inhibitors (“TKIs”). The company is also conducting a complementary phase 2 trial in CML patients who have failed imatinib and one other TKI. The Company is also conducting Phase 2 trials in patients with myelodysplastic syndrome (“MDS”) and acute myeloid leukemia (AML).

 

A Phase 1 clinical trial of Quinamed was completed successfully in early 2004, and the Company initiated a Phase 2 trial in solid cancer patients in late 2004 at the Sarah Cannon Cancer Center in Nashville, Tennessee. This trial in solid cancer patients was completed in early 2007 and data was presented at the ASCO meeting in June 2007. The key outcomes from this study were (i) demonstration that dose level could be optimised according to patient genotype, (ii) the drug was well tolerated, with predictable and manageable side effects, and (iii) there was evidence of anticancer activity in several solid tumor types.

 

The regulatory authorities in each country may impose their own requirements and may refuse to grant, or may require additional data before granting approval even though the relevant product has been approved by another authority. The US, Australia and European Union countries have very high standards of technical appraisal and, consequently, in most cases, a lengthy approval process for pharmaceutical products. The time required to obtain such approval in particular countries varies, but if obtained generally takes from six months to several years, if approval is received at all, from the date of application, depending upon the degree of control exercised by the regulatory authority, the duration of its review procedures, and the nature of the product. The trend in recent years has been towards stricter regulation and higher standards.

 

In the US, the primary regulatory authority is the FDA. In addition to regulating clinical procedures and processes, the FDA investigates and approves market applications for new pharmaceutical products and is responsible for regulating the labeling, marketing and monitoring of all pharmaceutical products, whether currently marketed or under investigation. Upon approval in the US, a drug may be marketed only for the approved indications in the

 

28



Table of Contents

 

approved dosage forms and dosages. In addition to obtaining FDA approval for each indication to be treated with each product, each domestic drug manufacturing firm must register with the FDA, list its drug products with the FDA, comply with current Good Manufacturing Practice (cGMP) requirements and be subject to inspection by the FDA. In Australia, a similar role is played by the Therapeutic Goods Administration, and in Europe, the European Committee for Proprietary Medicinal Products provides a mechanism for European Union-member states to exchange information on all aspects of product licensing and assesses license applications submitted under two different procedures (the multistate and the high-tech concentration procedures).

 

The Company has an active international Phase 2/3 study in CML patients with the T315I Bcr-Abl point mutation, which confers resistance to TKI therapy. The first patients were dosed in September 2006, and enrollment under FDA approved protocols is ongoing. The Company was awarded Fast Track status from the FDA for this trial on November 15, 2006. The Fast Track designation will enable the Company to file a New Drug Application (“NDA”) on a rolling basis as data becomes available. This permits the FDA to review the filing as it is received, rather than waiting for an entire document prior to commencing the review process. It is anticipated that data from this trial will be submitted to the U.S. FDA for review in mid 2009.

 

The Company has an additional Phase 2 study in CML patients who have failed imatinib and an additional TKI. This study is currently enrolling patients globally.

 

Omacetaxine is currently in two separate Phase 2 clinical trials; treating MDS patients and AML patients respectively.

 

A Phase 2a clinical trial of Quinamed in solid cancer patients was completed in early 2007 and data was presented at the ASCO meeting in June 2007.  The trial was performed at the Sarah Cannon Cancer Center in Nashville, Tennessee. The key outcomes from this study were (i) demonstration that dose level could be optimised according to patient genotype, (ii) the drug was well tolerated, with predictable and manageable side effects, and (iii) there was evidence of anticancer activity in several solid tumor types.

 

Due to the high level of funds required to support clinical trials the Company has decided to concentrate its activities on the trial involving omacetaxine on CML patients with the T315I mutation, as this has been deemed to provide the best prospects for an early product approval at this time.

 

During these studies, the Company may seek to license the compounds to a pharmaceutical industry partner who would support appropriate registration-directed trials.

 

Actual and estimated direct expenditures associated with the progression of the cancer programs since June 21, 2004 (the merger with ChemGenex Therapeutics, Inc) to the end of fiscal 2008 are shown below.

 

 

 

Fiscal 2009
(Estimated)

 

Fiscal 2008
(Actual)

 

Fiscal 2007
(Actual)

 

Fiscal 2006
(Actual)

 

 

 

A$ 000’s

 

Omacetaxine

 

9,700

 

9,020

 

4,281

 

2,002

 

Quinamed

 

387

 

202

 

97

 

111

 

Other pre-clinical projects

 

0

 

12

 

0

 

27

 

Total

 

10,087

 

9.234

 

4,378

 

2,140

 

 

None of our product candidates have been approved for commercialization in the U.S. or elsewhere. We, or any of our collaborators, may not be able to conduct clinical testing or obtain the necessary approvals from the FDA or other regulatory authorities for some products. Failure by us, or our collaborators, to obtain required governmental approvals will delay or preclude our collaborators or us from marketing therapeutics or diagnostic products developed with us or limit the commercial use of such products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

Diabetes and Obesity

 

The Diabetes and Obesity programs ceased in December 2007 with the demerger of the Autogen Research Pty Ltd subsidiary.

 

D.            Trend information

 

The Company is a development stage company and it is difficult to predict with any degree of accuracy the outcome of the Company’s research and development efforts.  The following are developments that the Company considers a possible progression in the near term in its business:

 

·                   Phase 2 clinical trials for Quinamed® and omacetaxine,

·                   Phase 2/3 clinical trials for omacetaxine,  and

·                   possible partnering of these therapeutics with a pharmaceutical or biotechnology partner;

 

For additional information on the current status of the Company’s product development and research programs, see above Item 4B, “Business overview - Commercial and Research and Development Collaborations” and Item 5C, “Research and Product Development Programs.” The Company is not aware of any changes bearing upon its financial condition since the date of the financial statements included in this Annual Report.

 

E .             Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

 

The Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors.

 

F.             Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

The table below shows the contractual obligations and commercial commitments as at June 30, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

Payments due by period

 

In A$ ’s

 

Total

 

Less than 1 year

 

1-3 years

 

After 3 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

440,015

 

168,719

 

217,446

 

53,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research expenditure commitments(a)

 

6,644,295

 

3,542,428

 

3,101,867

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

 

7,084,310

 

3,711,147

 

3,319,313

 

53,850

 

 


(a) 

Research expenditure commitments include fees payable under the major research and development programs discussed in Item 5C. “Research and Product Development Programs” as well as fees payable to scientific consultants and advisors to the Company.

 

G.            Assets Acquired in a Business Combination to be used in Research & Development Activities

 

In June 2004 ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited (then AGT Biosciences Limited) acquired all of the shares in ChemGenex Therapeutics Inc. for a total purchase price, including direct acquisition costs, of approximately A$17.1 million. The fair value of net tangible assets amounted to approximately A$0.1 million.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

The remaining value received from the acquisition relates primarily to the relevant patents for the anti-cancer compounds omacetaxine and Quinamed held by ChemGenex Therapeutics Inc. at the time of the acquisition, and the in process research and development already undertaken on these compounds.

 

Omacetaxine is a small molecule with established clinical activity as a single agent in blood cell cancers. Phase 2 trials of omacetaxine commenced in patients with CML in US and European hospitals.

 

Quinamed is a synthetic small molecule with established anti-cancer activity in humans. Quinamed affects the growth of a number of tumor types; however, researchers have also noted some unpredictable side effects. Researchers have been working on treating patients with a precise and personal dose that maximizes Quinamed’s clinical effect while minimizing its side effects.

 

The development history of these compounds prior to the acquisition is as follows-

 

(a)           NCI in the USA began funding early research relating to the two projects in the early 1980’s.

(b)          In early 1999 management of ChemGenex Therapeutics Inc. began work on both research and development projects, continuing the drug development phase from the initial NCI development work.

(c)           From 2000 ChemGenex Therapeutics Inc. continued chemical development, and by the business combination date of June 30, 2004 approximately A$3.9 million (or 20%) of the total expected research and development program costs of A$19.7 million had been spent on the omacetaxine project and approximately A$5.3 million (or 28%) of the total program costs of A$19.1 million had been spent on the Quinamed project.

 

The recoverable amount of the anti-cancer compounds have been determined based on a value in use calculation using cash flow projections based on financial budgets, information from scientific journals on the existing incidence of the disease, projections of patients that would be eligible for the proposed treatment and the expected growth figures.

 

The valuation has been based on a cash flow projection covering the remaining term for each relevant patent application, which can exceed 5 years yet does not exceed 20 years. No residual values have been included.

 

Independent valuers (Acuity Technology Management Pty Ltd) were engaged to carry out this valuation and chose to use the discounted cash flow method. They, in co-operation with ChemGenex’s senior management, prepared long term cash flow projections.

 

The Company is currently investing significant funds in research and development, as products move through each phase of required clinical development to achieve regulatory approval in regulated markets. Product development can take several years. Due to the product development timeline, significant sales are forecasted to be earned once products reach certain stages of regulatory approval. Therefore it is appropriate to recognise the potential sales, and expected strong growth in sales, beyond a five year projection. The cash flow model has incorporated projected cash flows from between 5 to 20 years based on the patent life in lieu of using a terminal value to better reflect the nature of the cash flows to be received over the product life cycle. The application of extended cash flow projections beyond five years is consistent with IAS 36.33(b).

 

The calculation of value in use for the anti-cancer compounds is most sensitive to the following assumptions-

 

·                   Availability of patients

·                   Discount rate

·                   Raw material costs

·                   Indirect costs

 

The availability of patients is dependent upon the incidence of the disease (estimated determined from scientific journals) from projections of the likely use of the products (based on the current status of alternative treatments).

 

Due to the uncertainty associated with cash flow projections for products that have not yet received regulatory approval an implied pre-tax discount rate of approximately 25% has been applied.

 

Raw materials costs used in the projection are based on the latest manufacturing agreement with Stragen which provides exclusive access to omacetaxine at an agreed price for the remainder of the valuation period.

 

Indirect costs have been based on industry standards for companies with pharmaceutical products in the market as cost structures in the company’s current development stage are not deemed to be appropriate.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 6.                  DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

A .            Directors and senior management.

 

Certain information concerning the current directors of the Company is set forth below. Non-executive directors are not full-time employees of the Company. There exists no arrangement or understanding with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others pursuant to which any person referred to below was selected as a director or member of senior management.

 

No director is related to any other. Biographical information with respect to the directors in office at June 30, 2008, or appointed since that date,  is as follows:

 

Mr Brett Heading                B Com LLB (Hons) ASIA (Non-executive Chairman)

 

Mr Heading is an experienced corporate lawyer, a partner of McCullough Robertson for over 24 years.  He specialises in capital raisings, mergers and acquisitions and board advice. He has a wide ranging client base including emerging companies in the biotechnology and agribusiness sectors. His government appointments include membership of the Takeovers Panel, and the Board of Taxation. Mr Heading is a non-executive director of Australian Agricultural Company Ltd, Capilano Honey Ltd and Peanut Company of Australia Ltd and is a former director and Chairman of Ambri Limited. Mr Heading is a member of the company’s Remuneration Committee. Age 52.

 

Dr Greg Collier                   B.Sc (Hons) PhD (Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director)

 

Dr. Collier is one of Australia’s leading biotechnology executives, and is credited with leading the transformation of the former Australian genomics company Autogen into the integrated international biopharmaceutical company ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals. As CEO of the company, Dr. Collier has overseen the partnering of major research programs, the $14 million acquisition of a private US biotechnology company and listing of the company’s securities on the NASDAQ exchange. Dr. Collier is recognised internationally as a leader who has guided his company along a value-creating path towards marketed products, and is a regular invited speaker at international research and biotechnology conferences. Age 50.

 

Mr Elmar Schnee                B.Com M.Mktg (Non-executive Director)

 

Mr Schnee held management positions in marketing and sales in the consumer goods industry before commencing with the pharmaceuticals industry in 1988. Following senior appointments with Fisons Pharmaceuticals PLC, Migliara/Kaplan Associates, Sanofi-Synthelabo and UCB Pharma he took a Directorship position at Merck subsidiary Merck Santé S.A.S in May 2003. In addition to his duties at the French subsidiary, he took on responsibility for the global operations of the Ethicals division in January 2004 and was named Head of the Ethicals division in 2005. In November 2005 Mr Schnee was appointed Deputy Member of the Executive Board and Head of the Pharmaceuticals business sector. In 2006 he was appointed Regular Member of the Executive Board and General Partner of Merck KGaA. Mr. Schnee is a non-executive director of Arpida AG.  Age 49.

 

Dr Dennis Brown                B.Sc M.A PhD (Executive Director)

 

Dr. Brown has over 25 years experience in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries with specific experience in cancer research and product development. Dr. Brown received his PhD. degree from New York University, and held academic positions at Stanford University and Harvard University Medical School prior to beginning his industry career. Dr. Brown was a co-founder of Matrix Pharmaceutical Inc. and was the scientific founder of ChemGenex Therapeutics Inc. in 1999, shaping and leading the company’s clinical and early stage research programs. Age 59.

 

Dr Geoff Brooke                  MBBS MBA (Non-executive Director)

 

Dr. Brooke is Managing Director of GBS Venture Partners and has 20 years’ venture capital experience. He was formerly President of Medvest Inc, a US-based early stage venture capital group he co-founded with Johnson & Johnson. Dr. Brooke’s experience includes company formation and acquisitions, as well as public listings on both NASDAQ and ASX. Dr. Brooke is a director of Sunshine Heart Inc and retired as a director of CogState Limited in October 2007. Dr. Brooke is a member of the company’s Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee.  Age 52.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

Mr Dan Janney                    BA MBA (Non-executive Director )

 

Mr Janney joined Alta Partners immediately following the firm’s founding in 1996, and was a co-founder of the Alta BioPharma effort. Mr Janney focuses on investments in biopharmaceutical products and therapeutics and has been directly involved in the funding and development of over 25 life sciences companies. Prior to joining Alta Partners he was a senior investment banker at Montgomery Securities focusing on life sciences companies. Mr Janney was a director of public companies CoTherix Inc. (April 2001 to January 2007), Dynavax Technologies Corporation (December 1996 to December 2006) and Anesiva Inc. (November 2000 to December 2005). Mr Janney is Chairman of the company’s Remuneration committee. Age 42

 

Dr George Morstyn            MS BS BMedSci MAICD PhD FRACP (Non-executive Director)

 

Dr Morstyn has substantial clinical, research and commercial experience in biotechnology and oncology. He is a former Head of the Clinical Program of the Ludwig Institute of Cancer Research (Melbourne Branch) and held a number of positions including Senior Vice President of Development and Chief Medical Officer of Amgen Inc from 1991 to 2002. He was a director of Bionomics until 2006. He is currently a director of Proacta Limited, Neuprotect and the Royal Women’s Hospital, Melbourne. He is chairman of the SAB of Symbio (Japan). Dr Morstyn is a member of the company’s Audit Committee. Age 57

 

Mr Donald Santel                MS BSE (Non-executive Director, appointed December 6, 2007)

 

Mr. Santel has 25 years experience in management, development and marketing with life sciences companies. Mr. Santel was a co-founder, Chief Executive Officer and director of CoTherix Inc. from 2000 to 2007. Prior to CoTherix Inc. he held senior positions with Reflow Inc., Cardiac Pathways Corporation and Medtronic. Inc. Mr. Santel currently serves on the board of a number of private companies and is Chairman of the company’s Audit Committee. Age 47

 

Dr Julie Cherrington         BS MS PhD (Non-executive Director, appointed January 7, 2008)

 

Dr Cherrington has substantial research, drug development, and management experience in the biotechnology industry. She is President of Phenomix Corporation, where she has overall responsibility for Research and Development, and is a senior decision maker in the finance, intellectual property, business and corporate development aspects of the company. She previously held senior management and research/development positions with SUGEN, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of Pharmacia) and Gilead Sciences. Her research and development expertise includes virology, oncology and diabetes. Dr Cherrington is a member of AACR (American Association for Cancer Research), ASC0 (American Society of Clinical Oncology), ASH (American Society of Hematology) and ADA (American Diabetes Association). She is on the Scientific Advisory board of Progen Pharmaceuticals, and the Clearity Foundation, a non-profit organization dedicated to the treatment of ovarian cancer. Age 50.

 

Mr Jean-Luc Tétard           (Non-executive Director appointed August 5, 2008)

 

Mr. Tétard is the CEO of Stragen Pharma and Stragen Chemical. Mr. Tétard has more than 35 years of experience in the chemicals and pharmaceuticals industries.  He participated during 17 years in the development of SANOFI chemical division as a director, he was in charge of 5 chemical manufacturing plants worldwide. He then created Stragen to develop APIs and a range of generic drugs mainly in antibiotics, hormones and cancer drugs. Age 63

 

Note: Non-Executive Director Mr Patrick Owen Burns resigned November 28, 2007.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

Biographical information with respect Senior Management is as follows:

 

Senior Management based at Geelong, Victoria

 

James Campbell, PhD, MBA

 

Vice President of Operations and Chief Operating Officer

 

Dr. Campbell has more than 20 years of international experience in scientific research, research management, management consulting and venture capital. Dr. Campbell held research positions at the CNRS and the CSIRO, and after completing an MBA worked for the international management consultancy Booz Allen Hamilton. Dr. Campbell later joined the University of Melbourne, where he was instrumental in the spin-out of four biotechnology companies. Dr. Campbell is a past member of the investment committees of the pre-seed venture capital funds UniSeed and the Symbiosis Group. Dr. Campbell has served as a director of Hatchtech Pty Ltd. Dr. Campbell sits on the Victorian State Government Advisory Committee on Biotechnology Investment Attraction/Competitive Business Environment.

 

Rick Merrigan, MBA

 

Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

 

Mr. Merrigan has been Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary for a number of Australian public and private Australian companies, with significant experience in all facets of financial management and control across a variety of industry sectors, including entertainment, manufacturing, transport and retailing in both domestic and international markets. Mr. Merrigan is a CPA with particular expertise in corporate management, due diligence, capital raising and financial process management.

 

Senior Management based at Menlo Park, California

 

Adam R. Craig MD, PhD, MBA

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer

 

Dr. Craig leverages more than 15 years of clinical, oncology, management and drug development experience to direct ChemGenex’s global clinical development strategies and to lead ChemGenex’s clinical development and translational medicine team. Dr. Craig has extensive expertise in building and managing clinical teams focused on product registration, with particular experience in developing therapies for hematologic malignancies such as chronic myeloid leukemia (CML). Most recently, he was Vice President and founding Chief Medical Officer at Innovive Pharmaceuticals, Inc., an oncology and hematology drug development company based in New York. Previously, Dr. Craig held positions of increasing responsibility including Vice President and Medical Director at ArQule Inc., Senior Director at Ilex Oncology Inc., and Medical Advisor at Antisoma plc. Dr. Craig received his medical qualifications from London University, a PhD in molecular medicine at the University of Leeds, and an MBA from the Open Business School, in the United Kingdom. Dr. Craig is a member of the Royal College of Physicians (UK) and undertook post-graduate training in pediatrics and pediatric oncology.

 

Tina Herbert, MBA

 

Senior Director of Finance

 

Ms. Herbert has over 16 years of experience in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry. Prior to ChemGenex, she served as Controller at Metabolex Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. Tina served as Corporate Controller, Acting Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Sunrise Technologies Inc., a medical device company, from August 1998 to June 1999. Ms. Herbert held various financial management positions at Matrix Pharmaceutical Inc., a biotechnology company, from September 1992 to July 1998. Ms. Herbert has a BS degree in Business Management from San Jose State University and an MBA from New York Institute of Technology.

 

Eric Humphriss, BA

 

Senior Director Clinical Affairs

 

Mr. Humphriss has over 20 years of experience in pharmaceutical clinical development, clinical trial design and management. Prior to joining ChemGenex, Eric was an Associate Director in Clinical Affairs at Genentech in South San Francisco, and formerly Director, Clinical Operations at Matrix Pharmaceutical Inc. Mr. Humphriss has a BA degree in Biology/Psychology from the University of California, San Diego.

 

Luana Staiger, BS

 

Vice President Regulatory Affairs

 

Ms. Staiger has more than 25 years experience in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry, with significant experience in regulatory affairs, quality assurance, and project management. Ms. Staiger’s regulatory affairs experience includes product submissions with both the U.S. FDA and European regulatory authorities. Prior to ChemGenex, Ms. Staiger was a Regulatory Affairs consultant, leveraging experience gained at a range of companies including Matrix Pharmaceutical Inc. (Vice President, Regulatory Affairs and Quality Assurance), Gilead Sciences (Associate Director of Regulatory Affairs), Landec Corporation, Syntex

 

34



Table of Contents

 

(U.S.A.) Inc.; and Zoecon Corporation. Ms. Staiger has a BS degree in Biochemistry from the University of California, Davis.

 

Tim Trapp, BS

 

Senior Director of Manufacturing

 

Mr. Trapp has almost 30 years of manufacturing experience in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry, with deep expertise in contract manufacturing, GMP and EU compliance, project management, product scale-up and transfer. Prior to joining ChemGenex, Tim was Director, R&D Operations at ALZA Corporation, a biopharmaceutical company. Previous appointments include Project Executive/Consulting Director at Bovis Lend Lease Pharmaceutical, Director of Technology at Inamed/McGhan/Collagen Corporation and Director of Biopharmaceutical Operations at Industrial Design Corporation (IDC). Mr. Trapp has a BS degree in Biochemistry from Loma Linda University.

 

Paul Lynch, BSc. MCIM

 

Director of Medical Affairs

 

Mr. Lynch has over 20 years of experience in the pharmaceutical and agrochemical industries. Paul joined ChemGenex from Novartis (UK) where he was a Senior Product Manager. Prior to joining Novartis, Paul held positions of increasing responsibility in a range of chemical companies, and was a Product Manager at Zeneca Agrochemicals. Mr. Lynch has a BSc degree in Biology from Queen’s University in Belfast, UK, and has a post graduate Diploma in Marketing.

 

B .             Compensation

 

The aggregate amount of compensation paid to all directors of the Company as a group by the Company and its subsidiaries for services in all capacities during fiscal 2008 was A$1,862,490 including A$760,635 of options.  This amount includes directors’ fees, salaries and bonus payments, but excludes amounts set aside or accrued to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits. The aggregate amount set aside or accrued to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for directors of the Company by the Company and its subsidiaries during fiscal 2008 was A$58,500.

 

The Company’s remuneration policy for directors and key management personnel  is to:

 

·       have regard to the directors’ experience and the nature and complexity of their work and due regard to directors’ remuneration in comparable companies in order to pay a competitive salary that attracts and retains management of the highest quality;

 

·       link individual remuneration packages to the Company’s long-term performance through the award of share options and incentive schemes; and

 

·       provide post-retirement benefits through the Company’s pension schemes.

 

There are four main elements of the remuneration package for directors and key management personnel:

 

·       basic salary;

 

·       benefits in kind;

 

·       share options and incentives; and

 

·       pension arrangements.

 

The remuneration of each of the directors and key management personnel who served during fiscal 2008 is set out below. For details regarding share options held by directors and senior management, see Item 6E. Share Ownership and Options.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Remuneration packages, which consist of base salary, fringe benefits, incentive schemes (including performance-related bonuses), superannuation, and entitlements upon retirement or termination, are reviewed with due regard to performance and other relevant factors.  The following table discloses the remuneration of the directors and senior management of the Company:

 

 

 

Short-term

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

Post 

 

Share Based

 

 

 

 

 

Salary 

 

Cash 

 

Monetary

 

Employment

 

Payments

 

 

 

 

 

& Fees 

 

Bonus

 

Benefits

 

Superannuation

 

Options

 

Total

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Non-executive directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J.B.L. Heading

 

70,850

 

 

 

 

46,200

 

117,050

 

E.J. Schnee

 

54,500

 

 

 

 

46,200

 

100,700

 

P. Burns

 

22,708

 

 

 

 

 

22,708

 

Dr. G.E.D. Brooke

 

54,500

 

 

 

 

46,200

 

100,700

 

D.S. Janney

 

54,500

 

 

 

 

46,200

 

100,700

 

Dr. G Morstyn

 

50,000

 

 

 

4,500

 

46,200

 

100,700

 

D. Santel

 

38,150

 

 

 

 

46,200

 

84,350

 

Dr. J. Cherrington

 

27,250

 

 

 

 

47,520

 

74,770

 

Executive directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. G. R. Collier

 

355,008

 

 

34,815

 

54,000

 

162,205

 

606,028

 

Dr. D.M. Brown

 

306,085

 

 

33,489

 

 

273,710

 

613,284

 

Key Management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. J. Campbell

 

202,899

 

 

 

40,532

 

407,940

 

651,371

 

E. Merrigan

 

105,000

 

 

 

45,833

 

305,420

 

456,253

 

Dr. A. Craig

 

274,084

 

83,477

 

18,144

 

 

1,194,580

 

1,570,285

 

T. Herbert

 

211,348

 

 

14,447

 

 

174,480

 

400,275

 

E. Humphriss

 

230,952

 

 

17,860

 

 

136,870

 

385,682

 

L. Staiger

 

73,459

 

 

5,908

 

 

14,920

 

94,287

 

T.Trapp

 

88,654

 

11,130

 

10,211

 

 

60,030

 

170,025

 

P.Lynch

 

73,011

 

 

12,387

 

 

10,360

 

95,758

 

Total

 

2,292,958

 

94,607

 

147,261

 

144,865

 

3,065,235

 

5,744,926

 

 

Profit schemes, Bonuses and Share Options.

 

Key Management Personnel are employed under contracts which have a term of 12 months and provide for termination, by either party, with notice periods between 2 and 4 months. These contracts provide for bonuses of between 10% to 20% of the base salary to be payable each year, subject to achievement of agreed performance objectives. The performance objectives for each executive are approved as part of the contract renewal process each year and bonus payments are subject to approval by the Board, Remuneration Committee or Chief Executive Officer as is appropriate for each contract.

 

Key Management Personnel have the opportunity to qualify for participation in the Employee Option Plan which currently provides incentives where specified criteria are met including criteria relating to profitability, cash flow, share price growth and environmental performance.  These options will vest according to length of service to the Company, with 50% of options granted based on the performance conditions applicable to each employee. Details regarding the issue of share options under this plan are provided in notes 15 and 23 of the attached financial statements.

 

The Company’s current remuneration policies provide some degree of linkage between an Executive’s performance-based remuneration and the overall financial performance of the Company. However, given the stage of development of the Company, the remuneration is aimed at retaining key individuals to ensure the success of product development, which will in turn impact the future overall profitability of the Company and shareholder wealth.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

C.             Board practices

 

All executives hold service contracts with the Company or its subsidiary. Service contracts can be for a fixed or indefinite term. All service contracts are approved by the Chief Executive Officer, the Remuneration Committee or the Board of Directors. The Company’s purpose in entering into service contracts with executives is to enable the recruitment of high quality executives and to obtain protection from their sudden departure to competitor companies. Additionally, service contracts optimize protection for the Company’s intellectual property rights and other commercially sensitive information.

 

The details of the senior management executives’ contracts are summarized below:

 

Executive

 

Date of Contract

 

Notice period for termination

Dr. Gregory R. Collier

 

July 1, 2007 – June 30, 2012

 

Six months

Dr. Dennis M. Brown

 

July 1, 2006 –ongoing

 

Four months

Dr. J. Campbell

 

September 1, 2006 —ongoing

 

Four months

E. Merrigan

 

December 1, 2007 —ongoing

 

Four months

Dr. A. Craig

 

September 27, 2007 –ongoing

 

Six months

T. Herbert

 

December 1, 2007 –ongoing

 

At will agreement

E. Humphriss

 

December 1, 2007 –ongoing

 

At will agreement

L. Staiger

 

August 18, 2008 – ongoing

 

At will agreement

T.Trapp

 

January 28, 2008 – ongoing

 

At will agreement

P.Lynch

 

January 11, 2008 – ongoing

 

At will agreement

 

The terms and conditions of the appointment of non-executive directors are set out in a formal letter of appointment which deals with the following matters:  duration of appointment (subject to approval of shareholders), remuneration, expectations concerning preparation and attendance at Board meetings, conflict resolution and the right to seek independent legal and professional advice (subject to the prior approval of the Chairman).  The Company is committed to practicing good corporate governance of its affairs as part of its management of relationships with its shareholders and other stakeholders. The Company seeks to uphold, and to report on compliance with, best practice in corporate governance. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, and at present, the Company paid a premium in respect of a contract insuring the directors of the Company, the Company Secretary, and all executive officers of the Company and of any affiliate against a liability incurred as such by a director, Secretary or executive officer to the extent permitted by the Australian Corporations Act 2001, including

 

(a)            a willful breach of duty; or

 

(b)            a contravention of sections 182 or 183 of the Corporations Act 2001,

 

as permitted by section 199B of the Corporations Act 2001.

 

The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability and the amount of the premium.

 

The Board

 

The Board of the Company is responsible for the Company’s system of corporate governance.  This includes responsibility for the approval of the annual and half-year financial report, the establishment of the long-term goals of the Company and strategic plans to achieve those goals, the review and adoption of annual budgets for the financial performance of the Company and monitoring the results on a quarterly basis, and ensuring that the Company has implemented adequate systems of internal controls together with appropriate monitoring of compliance activities. The Board currently comprises five directors: a Chairman with non-executive responsibilities, an executive director, and three non-executive directors.  The role of non-executive directors is to ensure that independent judgment is brought to Board deliberations and decisions.  The non-executive directors possess a wide range of skills and experience, relevant to the development of the Company, which complement those of the Chairman.  It is the Company’s policy that the Board should comprise a majority of non-executive directors.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

The number of meetings of directors (including meetings of committees of directors) held during the year and the number of meetings attended by each director was as follows:

 

 

 

Directors’ Meetings

 

Meetings of Committees
Audit Committee 
Meetings

 

Remuneration 
Committee Meetings

 

 

 

Eligible 
to Attend

 

Meetings 
Attended

 

Eligible 
to Attend

 

Meetings 
Attended

 

Eligible 
to Attend

 

Meetings 
Attended

 

J.B.L. Heading

 

12

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. G.R. Collier

 

12

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

E.J. Schnee

 

12

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

P.O. Burns

 

6

 

6

 

2

 

2

 

3

 

3

 

Dr. D.M. Brown

 

12

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. G.E.D. Brooke

 

12

 

12

 

4

 

4

 

3

 

3

 

D.S. Janney

 

12

 

12

 

 

 

3

 

3

 

Dr. G. Morstyn

 

12

 

11

 

5

 

4

 

 

 

D. Santel

 

6

 

6

 

3

 

1

 

 

 

Dr. J Cherrington

 

5

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Board of Directors of the Company is responsible for the corporate governance of the Company.  The Board guides and monitors the business and affairs of the Company on behalf of the shareholders by whom they are elected and to whom they are accountable. In 2004 the Australian Stock Exchange Corporate Governance Council’s (the Council’s) “Principles of Good Corporate Governance and Best Practice Recommendations” (the Recommendations) were introduced.  ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited’s Corporate Governance Statement is now structured with reference to the Council’s principles and recommendations, which are as follows:

 

Principle 1.              Lay solid foundations for management and oversight

 

Principle 2.              Structure the board to add value

 

Principle 3.              Promote ethical and responsible decision making

 

Principle 4.              Safeguard integrity in financial reporting

 

Principle 5.              Make timely and balanced disclosure

 

Principle 6.              Respect the rights of shareholders

 

Principle 7.              Recognize and manage risk

 

Principle 8.              Encourage enhanced performance

 

Principle 9.              Remunerate fairly and responsibly

 

Principle 10.            Recognize the legitimate interests of stakeholders

 

ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited’s corporate governance practices were in place throughout the year ended June 30, 2008 and, with the exception of the Nominations Committee recommendation as noted below, were compliant with the Council’s best practice recommendations.

 

The Board has not yet established a Nominations Committee as included in the Council’s recommendations. At this stage of the Company’s development the Board considers it appropriate that the duties associated with a Nominations Committee are best handled by the Remuneration Committee and the Board.

 

For further information on corporate governance policies adopted by ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited, refer to the Company’s website: www.chemgenex.com.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

Board committees

 

In accordance with best practice, the Company has established an Audit Committee with written terms of reference that deal with its authorities and duties.  The terms of reference of the Audit Committee have been reviewed during the year and updated to ensure compliance with current best practice.

 

Audit committee

 

The Board has established an audit committee, which operates under a charter approved by the Board.  It is the Board’s responsibility to ensure that an effective internal control framework exists within the entity.  This includes internal controls to deal with both the effectiveness and efficiency of significant business processes, the safeguarding of assets, the maintenance of proper accounting records, and the reliability of financial information as well as non-financial considerations such as the benchmarking of operational key performance indicators.  The Board has delegated the responsibility for the establishment and maintenance of a framework of internal control and ethical standards for the management of the Company to the audit committee.

 

The committee also provides the Board with additional assurance regarding the reliability of financial information for inclusion in the financial reports.  All members of the audit committee are non-executive directors.

 

The members of the audit committee during the year ended June 30, 2008 were: Patrick O Burns , Geoff Brooke, Don Santel and George Morstyn .

 

Qualifications of audit committee members

 

Patrick O. Burns has over 40 years experience as a corporate lawyer, senior executive and director of public and private companies.

 

Geoff Brooke has over 20 years experience as a senior executive and director of public and private companies.

 

Don Santel has over 25 years experience as a senior executive and director of public and private companies.

 

George Morstyn has over 15 years experience as a senior executive and director of public and private companies.

 

The Audit Committee held five meetings during fiscal year 2008.

 

Remuneration committee

 

The Board has established a Remuneration Committee to review all compensation arrangements for the directors, the chief executive officer and the executive team, under the direction of the Board, and to make recommendation to the Board on these matters.

 

Members of the remuneration committee during the year ended June 30, 2008 were: Patrick .O. Burns, Geoff Brooke, Brett Heading and Dan Janney.

 

Qualifications of remuneration committee members

 

Patrick O. Burns has over 40 years experience as a corporate lawyer, senior executive and director of public and private companies.

 

Geoff E. D. Brooke has over 20 years experience as a senior executive and director of public and private companies.

 

Brett Heading has over 20 years experience as a corporate lawyer, senior executive and director of public and private companies.

 

Daniel S. Janney has over 15 years experience as a senior executive and director of public and private companies.

 

The Remuneration Committee held three meetings during fiscal year 2008.

 

It is the Company’s objective to provide maximum stakeholder benefit from the retention of a high quality board and executive team by remunerating directors and key executives fairly and appropriately with reference to relevant employment market conditions. To assist in achieving this objective, the Board links the nature and amount of executive directors’ and officers’ emoluments to the Company’s financial and operational performance. The expected outcomes of the remuneration structure are:

 

·       retention and motivation of key executives;

 

·       attraction of quality management to the company; and

 

·       performance incentives that allow executives to share the rewards of the success of the Company.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

The Board assesses the appropriateness of the nature and amount of emoluments of such officers on a periodic basis by reference to relevant employment market conditions with the overall objective of ensuring maximum stakeholder benefit from the retention of a high quality board and executive team.  Such officers are given the opportunity to receive their base emolument in a variety of forms including cash and fringe benefits such as motor vehicles and expense payment plans.  It is intended that the manner of payment chosen will be optimal for the recipient without creating undue cost for the Company. Further details on the remuneration of directors and executives are also provided in Note 23 to the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

All senior executives have the opportunity to qualify for participation in the Senior Executive Share Option Plan which currently provides incentives where specified criteria are met including criteria relating to profitability, cash flow, share price growth and environmental performance.  Details regarding the issue of share options under this plan are provided in Note 15 to the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

In relation to the payment of bonuses, options and other incentive payments, discretion is exercised by the Board, having regard to the overall performance of the Company and the performance of the individual during the period. There is no scheme to provide retirement benefits, other than statutory superannuation, to non-executive directors.

 

Compliance with NASDAQ Rules

 

NASDAQ listing rules require that the Company disclose the home country practices that it follows in lieu of compliance with NASDAQ corporate governance rules.  The following describes the home country practices and the related NASDAQ rule:

 

Majority of Independent Directors:  The Company follows home country practice rather than NASDAQ’s requirement in Marketplace Rule 4350(c)(1) that the majority of the Board of each issuer be comprised of independent directors as defined in Marketplace Rule 4200.  The Company’s Board of Directors is comprised of a majority of independent directors.  The ASX recommends that each issuer’s Board be comprised of a majority of independent directors.  However, no law, rule or regulation of the ASX or the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), the public authority which exercises securities law jurisdiction over the Company, has such a requirement nor does the Corporations Act (the “Act”), which is the applicable corporate law legislation.

 

Compensation of Officers:  The Company follows home country practice rather than NASDAQ’s requirement in Marketplace Rule 4350(c)(3) that chief executive compensation be determined or recommended to the Board by the majority of independent directors of a compensation committee of independent directors.  Similarly, compensation of other officers is not determined or recommended to the Board by a majority of the independent directors or a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors.  These decisions are made by the Company’s Board as a whole, and it is not comprised of a majority of independent directors.  The ASX does not have a requirement that each listed issuer have a remuneration committee or otherwise follow the procedures embodied in NASDAQ’s Marketplace Rule.  Furthermore, no law, rule or regulation of the ASIC has such a requirement nor does the applicable corporate law legislation.  Such home country practices are not prohibited by the laws of Australia.

 

Nomination:  The Company follows home country practice rather than NASDAQ’s requirement in Marketplace Rule 4350(c)(4) that director nominees be selected or recommended by a majority of the independent directors or by a nominations committee comprised of independent directors.  These decisions are made by the Company’s Board as a whole, and it is not comprised of a majority of independent directors; the Company has no nominations committee.  The ASX does not have a requirement that each listed issuer have a nominations committee or otherwise follow the procedures embodied in NASDAQ’s Marketplace Rule.  Furthermore, no law, rule or regulation of the ASIC has such a requirement nor does the applicable corporate law legislation.  Accordingly, selections or recommendations of director nominees by a board of directors that is not comprised of a majority of directors that are not independent is not prohibited by the laws of Australia.

 

Quorum:  The Company follows home country practice rather than NASDAQ’s requirement in Marketplace Rule 4350(f) that each issuer provide for a quorum of at least 331/3 percent of the outstanding shares of the issuer’s common stock (voting stock).  Pursuant to its Constitution the Company is currently required to have a quorum for a

 

40



Table of Contents

 

general meeting of two persons holding ordinary shares.  The practice followed by the Company is not prohibited by Australian law.

 

Pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued new rules that, among other things, require NASDAQ to impose independence requirements on each member of the audit committee of a listed company and the NASDAQ also reformulated its corporate governance requirements.  The recently-adopted SEC and NASDAQ rules apply to the Company as of July 31, 2005.  The Company has taken the appropriate steps with respect to its corporate governance system, including the addition of independent directors to its audit committee, to assure timely compliance with the SEC rules and the amended corporate governance standards of NASDAQ.

 

D.             Employees

 

As at June 30, 2008, the Company employed eight individuals on a full-time basis.

 

The Company employs a number of contract employees in research and development.  During the last fiscal year, the average number of contract employees was 50.

 

The following table summarizes the number of full-time employees employed by the Company, including executive directors, as at the year end of the last three fiscal years:

 

June 30,

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

17

 

8

 

7

 

 

E.              Share ownership and options

 

The relevant interest of each director in the share capital of the Company as notified by the directors to the ASX in accordance with S205G(1) of the Corporations Act 2001 at November 30, 2008 is as follows:

 

 

 

Ordinary shares

 

% of shares 
issued

 

Options over 
ordinary shares

 

% of options 
issued

 

Brett Heading

 

110,000

 

0.05

 

253,333

 

0.47

 

Dr. Gregory Collier

 

 

 

4,600,000

 

8.45

 

Elmar Schnee *

 

20,609,550

 

8.60

 

4,689,308

 

8.61

 

Dr. Dennis Brown

 

13,876,552

 

5.79

 

1,750,000

 

3.21

 

Dr.Geoff Brooke *

 

18,453,883

 

7.70

 

2,986,065

 

5.49

 

Dan Janney *

 

41,067,906

 

17.13

 

6,338,053

 

11.64

 

Dr. George Morstyn

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

0.46

 

Don Santel

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

0.46

 

Dr. Julie Cherrington

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

0.46

 

Jean-Luc Tetard*

 

37,235,343

 

15.53

 

250,000

 

0.46

 

 


*Includes shares and options held by entities in which Messrs Schnee, Tetard and Janney, and Dr. Brooke hold directorships.

 

The relevant interest of Key Management Personnel in the share capital of the Company at November 30, 2008 is as follows:

 

 

 

Ordinary shares

 

% of shares 
issued

 

Options over 
ordinary shares

 

% of options 
issued

 

Dr. J. Campbell

 

5,500

 

 

1,885,167

 

3.46

 

E. Merrigan

 

55,000

 

0.02

 

1,701,667

 

3.13

 

Dr. A. Craig

 

 

 

2,262,500

 

4.16

 

T. Herbert

 

760,027

 

0.32

 

550,000

 

1.01

 

E. Humphriss

 

 

 

590,000

 

1.08

 

L. Staiger

 

 

 

500,000

 

0.92

 

T.Trapp

 

 

 

500,000

 

0.92

 

P.Lynch

 

 

 

400,000

 

0.73

 

 

41



Table of Contents

 

Employee share option plan

 

An employee share option plan (ESOP) has been established where the Company may, at the discretion of the Board, grant options over the ordinary shares of the Company to directors, executives, advisors and support staff of the Company. These options, issued for nil consideration, are granted in accordance with performance guidelines established by the directors of the Company.  The options cannot be transferred and will not be quoted on the ASX.  There are currently 9 directors, 17 employees and 20 scientific advisors and support staff who hold options issued under the ESOP.

 

Information with respect to the number of options granted under the ESOP is as follows:

 

 

 

Year to June 30, 2008

 

Year to June 30, 2007

 

 

 

Number of
options

 

Weighted average
exercise price

 

Number of
options

 

Weighted average
exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

(A$)

 

 

 

(A$)

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

7,359,500

 

0.54

 

6,879,500

 

0.54

 

-   granted

 

14,116,500

 

1.00

 

1,000,000

 

0.64

 

-    forfeited

 

(145,000

)

1.02

 

 

 

-    exercised

 

(910,000

)

0.50

 

(520,000

)

0.37

 

Balance at end of period

 

20,421,000

 

0.88

 

7,359,500

 

0.54

 

Exercisable at end of period

 

7,779,500

 

0.52

 

5,544,500

 

0.53

 

 

Share options issued under ESOP and outstanding at the end of the year have the following exercise prices:

 

Expiry date

 

Exercise price $ 

 

Outstanding 2008

 

Outstanding 2007

 

March 24, 2010

 

1.08

#

300,000

 

400,000

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.83

#

190,000

 

215,000

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.57

#

269,500

 

269,500

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.50

 

 

300,000

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.49

#

350,000

 

350,000

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.43

#

3,520,000

 

3,550,000

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.36

#

275,000

 

275,000

 

May 7, 2010

 

0.78

#

400,000

 

400,000

 

June 27,2010

 

0.68

#

1,000,000

 

1,000,000

 

June 6, 2012

 

0.50

 

 

600,000

 

November 26, 2012

 

0.95

 

2,262,500

 

 

November 26, 2012

 

0.80

 

25,000

 

 

November 26, 2012

 

0.63

 

90,000

 

 

November 26, 2012

 

0.47

 

100,000

 

 

November 26, 2012

 

0.45

 

300,000

 

 

November 26, 2012

 

0.41

 

300,000

 

 

November 27, 2012

 

1.22

 

600,000

 

 

November 27, 2012

 

0.41

 

250,000

 

 

November 30, 2012

 

1.11

 

4,660,000

 

 

November 30, 2012

 

1.04

 

600,000

 

 

November 30, 2012

 

0.92

 

15,000

 

 

November 30, 2012

 

0.91

 

500,000

 

 

November 30, 2012

 

0.82

 

64,000

 

 

November 30, 2012

 

0.79

 

500,000

 

 

March 26, 2013

 

1.22

 

2,100,000

 

 

March 26, 2013

 

1.16

 

250,000

 

 

March 26, 2013

 

1.11

 

1,500,000

 

 

 

Note: Exercise prices marked # have been reduced by 7 cents reflecting the demerger capital reduction approved by shareholders at the AGM on November 28, 2007. This reduction does not give rise to an alteration in fair value of the award as at the modification date and therefore no incremental expense in relation to these awards is to be recognised.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Under Australian Corporate Law all options granted under ESOP to directors have to be approved by shareholders at General Meeting prior to issue.

 

The following table summarises information about options issued to Dr Greg Collier

 

Number of options

 

Grant date

 

Last Vesting date

 

Expiry date

 

Exercise price $

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

March 24,2000

 

March 24, 2003

 

March 24, 2010

 

1.08

#

100,000

 

March 8, 2001

 

March 8, 2004

 

March, 2010

 

0.83

#

300,000

 

November 28, 2002

 

November 28, 2002

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.50

 

300,000

 

November 21, 2003

 

November 21, 2003

 

December 26, 2006

 

0.30

 

1,000,000

 

June 21, 2004

 

June 21, 2004

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.50

 

1,000,000

 

June 21, 2004

 

June 21, 2006

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.50

 

500,000

 

June 21, 2004

 

June 21, 2007

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.50

 

500,000

 

June 21, 2004

 

June 21, 2008

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.50

 

600,000

 

November 28, 2007

 

November 27, 2011

 

November 27, 2012

 

1.22

 

600,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

March 26, 2012

 

March 26, 2013

 

1.22

 

 

Following shareholder approval 1,200,000 options were issued to Dr G Collier in 2007/2008. 600,000 on November 28, 2007 and 600,000 on March 27, 2008. No options were issued to Dr Collier during the year ended June 30, 2007.

 

No options previously issued to Dr Collier were exercised during the year ended June 30, 2008. (2007: 400,000. The market price for the company’s ordinary fully paid share at the date these options were issued was 58 cents for 300,000 and 80 cents for 100,000.)

 

The following share options issued to Dr Greg Collier remain outstanding at the end of the year -

 

Number of options

 

Grant date

 

Last Vesting date

 

Expiry date

 

Exercise price $

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

March 24,2000

 

March 24, 2003

 

March 24, 2010

 

1.08

#

100,000

 

March 8, 2001

 

March 8, 2004

 

March, 2010

 

0.83

#

300,000

 

November 28, 2002

 

November 28, 2002

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.43

#

900,000

 

June 21, 2004

 

June 21, 2004

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.43

#

1,000,000

 

June 21, 2004

 

June 21, 2006

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.43

#

500,000

 

June 21, 2004

 

June 21, 2007

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.43

#

500,000

 

June 21, 2004

 

June 21, 2008

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.43

#

600,000

 

November 28, 2007

 

November 27,2011

 

November 27, 2012

 

1.22

 

600,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

March 26, 2012

 

March 26, 2013

 

1.22

 

 

43



Table of Contents

 

The fair value of the options issued to Dr Collier are estimated at the date of grant using the Black Scholes Valuation Method. The following table gives the assumptions made in determining fair value of these options-

 

Grant Date

 

Dividend
Yield
%

 

Expected
Volatility
%

 

Risk-free
Interest rate
%

 

Expected
Life
(years)

 

Exercise
Price
$

 

Share Price
at Grant
Date $

 

March, 2000

 

0.0

 

75.00

 

6.06

 

10.00

 

1.15

 

1.75

 

March, 2001

 

0.0

 

75.00

 

6.06

 

9.00

 

0.90

 

1.28

 

November, 2002

 

0.0

 

85.00

 

5.52

 

7.33

 

0.50

 

0.26

 

November, 2003

 

0.0

 

65.00

 

5.77

 

3.0

 

0.30

 

0.53

 

June, 2004

 

0.0

 

65.00

 

5.77

 

5.75

 

0.50

 

0.54

 

November, 2007

 

0.0

 

55.00

 

6.5

 

5

 

1.22

 

0.94

 

March, 2008

 

0.0

 

55.00

 

6.5

 

5

 

1.22

 

0.80

 

 

When calculating the expected life of the options it is assumed the options will not be exercised until the expiry date.

 

The expected volatility rates used reflect the assumption that historical volatility is indicative of future trends and may not necessarily be the actual outcome.

 

The following table summarises information about options issued to Dr Dennis Brown

 

Number of options

 

Grant date

 

Last Vesting date

 

Expiry date

 

Exercise price $

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

November 28, 2007

 

November 28, 2007

 

November 27, 2012

 

0.41

 

1,500,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

March 26, 2012

 

March 26, 2013

 

1.11

 

 

Following shareholder approval 1,750,000 options were issued to Dr Drown in 2007/2008. 250,000 on November 28, 2007 and 1,500,000 on March 27, 2008. No options were issued to Dr Brown previously.

 

No options issued to Dr Brown have been exercised.

 

The fair value of the options issued to Dr Brown are estimated at the date of grant using the Black Scholes Valuation Method. The following table gives the assumptions made in determining fair value of these options-

 

Grant Date

 

Dividend
Yield
%

 

Expected
Volatility
%

 

Risk-free
Interest rate
%

 

Expected
Life
(years)

 

Exercise
Price
$

 

Share Price
at Grant
Date $

 

November, 2007

 

0.0

 

55.00

 

6.5

 

5

 

0.41

 

0.94

 

March, 2008

 

0.0

 

55.00

 

6.5

 

5

 

1.11

 

0.80

 

 

When calculating the expected life of the options it is assumed the options will not be exercised until the expiry date.

 

The expected volatility rates used reflect the assumption that historical volatility is indicative of future trends and may not necessarily be the actual outcome.

 

The following table summarises information about options issued to Dr Julie Cherrington

 

44



Table of Contents

 

Number of options

 

Grant date

 

Last Vesting date

 

Expiry date

 

Exercise price $

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

March 26, 2011

 

March 26, 2013

 

1.16

 

 

Following shareholder approval 250,000 options were issued to Dr Cherrington on March 27, 2008. No options were issued to Dr Cherrington previously.

 

No options issued to Dr Cherrington have been exercised.

 

The fair value of the options issued to Dr Cherrington are estimated at the date of grant using the Black Scholes Valuation Method. The following table gives the assumptions made in determining fair value of these options-

 

Grant Date

 

Dividend
Yield
%

 

Expected
Volatility
%

 

Risk-free
Interest rate
%

 

Expected
Life
(years)

 

Exercise
Price

 

Share Price
at Grant
Date $

 

March, 2008

 

0.0

 

55.00

 

6.5

 

5

 

1.16

 

0.80

 

 

When calculating the expected life of the options it is assumed the options will not be exercised until the expiry date.

 

The expected volatility rates used reflect the assumption that historical volatility is indicative of future trends and may not necessarily be the actual outcome.

 

The following table summarises information about options issued to each of Mr Brett Heading, Mr Elmar Schnee, Mr Dan Janney, Dr Geoff Brook, Dr George Morstyn and Mr Don Santel

 

Number of options

 

Grant date

 

Last Vesting date

 

Expiry date

 

Exercise price $

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

March 26, 2010

 

March 26, 2013

 

1.22

 

 

Following shareholder approval 250,000 options each were issued to Mr Heading, Mr Schnee, Mr Janney, Dr Brook, Dr Morstyn and Mr Santel on March 27, 2008. No options were issued to Mr Heading, Mr Schnee, Mr Janney, Dr Brook, Dr Morstyn or Mr Santel previously.

 

None of these options have been exercised.

 

The fair value of the options issued are estimated at the date of grant using the Black Scholes Valuation Method. The following table gives the assumptions made in determining fair value of these options-

 

Grant Date

 

Dividend
Yield
%

 

Expected
Volatility
%

 

Risk-free
Interest rate
%

 

Expected Life
(years)

 

Exercise Price
$

 

Share Price
at Grant Date
$

 

March, 2008

 

0.0

 

55.00

 

6.5

 

5

 

1.22

 

0.80

 

 

When calculating the expected life of the options it is assumed the options will not be exercised until the expiry date.

 

The expected volatility rates used reflect the assumption that historical volatility is indicative of future trends and may not necessarily be the actual outcome.

 

During the year ended June 30, 2008 a total of $3,364,695 was recognised in the Income Statement as share based expenditure (2007: $436,477)

 

45



Table of Contents

 

ESOP options granted as equity compensation benefits to key management personnel during the financial year are disclosed below.

 

The options were issued free of charge.  Each option entitles the holder to subscribe for one fully paid ordinary share in the entity at exercise prices set out in the table below.

 

The options may only be exercised after the first exercise date and before the expiry date as set out in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Terms & Conditions for Each Grant

 

 

 

Vested
Number

 

Granted
Number

 

Grant date

 

Fair Value
per option
at grant
date ($)

 

Exercise
Price
per
share($)

 

First Exercise
Date

 

Expiry Date

 

2007/2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-executive
Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B Heading

 

100,000

 

250,000

 

March 27

 

0.35

 

1.22

 

27/3/2008

 

26/3/2013

 

E Schnee

 

100,000

 

250,000

 

March 27

 

0.35

 

1.22

 

27/3/2008

 

26/3/2013

 

D Janney

 

100,000

 

250,000

 

March 27

 

0.35

 

1.22

 

27/3/2008

 

26/3/2013

 

Dr. G Brooke

 

100.000

 

250,000

 

March 27

 

0.35

 

1.22

 

27/3/2008

 

26/3/2013

 

Dr. G Morstyn

 

100,000

 

250,000

 

March 27

 

0.35

 

1.22

 

27/3/2008

 

26/3/2013

 

D Santel

 

100,000

 

250,000

 

March 27

 

0.35

 

1.22

 

27/3/2008

 

26/3/2013

 

Dr. J Cherrington

 

100,000

 

250,000

 

March 27

 

0.36

 

1.16

 

27/3/2008

 

26/3/2013

 

Executive
Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. G Collier

 

 

600,000

 

November 28

 

0.45

 

1.22

 

27/11/2008

 

27/11/2012

 

 

 

 

 

600,000

 

March 27

 

0.35

 

1.22

 

26/3/2009

 

26/3/2013

 

Dr. D Brown

 

250,000

 

250,000

 

November 28

 

0.70

 

0.41

 

28/11/2007

 

27/11/2012

 

 

 

 

 

1,500,000

 

March 27

 

0.37

 

1.11

 

26/3/2009

 

26/3/2013

 

Key Management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr.J. Campbell

 

300,000

 

300,000

 

November 27

 

0.74

 

0.45

 

27/11/2007

 

26/11/2012

 

 

 

 

 

1,200,000

 

December 1

 

0.51

 

1.11

 

1/12/2008

 

30/11/2012

 

E. Merrigan

 

100,000

 

100,000

 

November 27

 

0.73

 

0.47

 

27/11/2007

 

26/11/2012

 

 

 

 

 

1,500,000

 

December 1

 

0.51

 

1.11

 

1/12/2008

 

30/11/2012

 

Dr. A. Craig

 

 

2,262,500

 

November 27

 

0.61

 

0.95

 

30/6/2009

 

26/11/2012

 

T. Herbert

 

150,000

 

150,000

 

November 27

 

0.75

 

0.41

 

27/11/2007

 

26/11/2012

 

 

 

 

 

400,000

 

December 1

 

0.51

 

1.11

 

1/12/2008

 

30/11/2012

 

E. Humphriss

 

90,000

 

90,000

 

November 27

 

0.66

 

0.63

 

27/11/2007

 

26/11/2012

 

 

 

 

 

500,000

 

December 1

 

0.51

 

1.11

 

1/12/2008

 

30/11/2012

 

L. Staiger

 

 

500,000

 

June 6

 

0.53

 

0.79

 

1/12/2008

 

30/11/2012

 

T. Trapp

 

100,000

 

500,000

 

June 6

 

0.49

 

0.91

 

1/12/2008

 

30/11/2012

 

P. Lynch

 

 

400,000

 

June 6

 

0.46

 

1.04

 

1/12/2008

 

30/11/2012

 

 

Under IFRS these fair values are recognized as expenses in the financial statements when the options were granted after 7 November 2002 and vested after 1 July 2005.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 7.                  MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

A .                                     Major shareholders

 

As at November 30, 2008 the Company had knowledge of the following ownership interest (direct and beneficial) of 5% or greater in its ordinary shares:

 

Shareholder

 

Number of shares held

 

% of issued shares

 

Berne No 132 Nominees Pty Ltd

 

41,067,906

 

17.1

%

Stragen International N.V.

 

37,235,343

 

15.5

%

Merck Santé

 

20,569,550

 

8.6

%

GBS Venture Partners Ltd

 

18,453,883

 

7.7

%

Queensland Investment Corporation

 

14,283,153

 

6.0

%

Dr. Dennis M. Brown

 

13,876,552

 

5.8

%

 

Berne No 132 Nominees Pty Ltd, which became a shareholder during fiscal 2007, held 37,009,671 (19.8%) at October 30, 2007 shares on behalf of Alta Partners, a US based biotech investment manager.

 

Merck Santé held 18,793,750 (10.1%) and 18,793,750 shares (12.4%) at August 31, 2006

 

GBS Venture Partners Ltd is an Australian based biotech venture capital company which became a shareholder during fiscal 2007 held 16,629,765 shares (8.9%) at October 30, 2007.

 

Queensland Investment Corporation is wholly owned by the Government of the State of Queensland in the Commonwealth of Australia. Queensland Investment Corporation held 15,158,424 shares (8.1%) at October 30, 2007 and 15,158,424 shares (10.0%) at August 31, 2006.

 

Following the merger with Chemgenex Therapeutics Inc. in 2004 Dennis Brown held 13,876,552 (7.4%) at October 30, 2007 and 14,398,297 shares (9.5%) at August 31, 2006.

 

Kinetic Investment Partners Limited is an Australian based biotech investment manager which became a shareholder in fiscal 2007 held 9,459,209 shares (5.1%) at October 30, 2007 and ceased to be a major shareholder in fiscal 2008.

 

At November 30, 2008 calculation of major shareholders, the issued share capital of the Company was 239,714,338 ordinary shares.  The major shareholders do not have different voting rights.

 

At November 30, 2008, the directors of the Company controlled ordinary shares representing approximately 54.8% of the Company’s outstanding share capital, as follows:

 

Directors

 

Number of shares held

 

 

 

 

 

Brett Heading

 

110,000

 

Dr. Gregory Collier

 

 

Elmar Schnee

 

20,609,550

 

Dr. Dennis Brown

 

13,876,552

 

Dr.Geoff Brooke

 

18,453,883

 

Dan Janney

 

41,067,906

 

Dr. George Morstyn

 

 

Don Santel

 

 

Dr. Julie Cherrington

 

 

Jean-Luc Tetard

 

37,235,343

 

Total

 

131,532,234

 

 

Key Executives

 

Number of shares held

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. James Campbell

 

5,500

 

Tina Herbert

 

760,027

 

Eric Merrigan

 

55,000

 

Total

 

820,527

 

 

47



Table of Contents

 

As far as is known to the Company and subject to the disclosure provided under Item 8B.  “Financial information — Significant Changes” the Company is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation or by any government, and there are no arrangements the operation of which may result in a change of its control.

 

B.                                     Related party transactions

 

Legal services were provided by McCullough Robertson lawyers, a legal firm of which Mr. Brett Heading is a partner. The value of legal services provided by McCullough Robertson lawyers was $173,111 during the year ended June 30, 2008. During the three months from July to September 2008, the value of legal services provided by McCullough Robertson was $46,928.

 

Mr. Brett Heading is a director of two companies that are the joint holders of 5% of the shares of Global Markets Capital Group LLC (“GMCG”) that provided no advisory and consulting services to the company during the year ended June 30, 2008 but provided services to the value of $200,483 (including share-based compensation of $165,924) during the year ended June 30, 2007. Mr Heading has no beneficial interest in these shareholders.

 

As an individual investor, Mr. Brett Heading holds 110,000 shares in the Company.

 

Mr. Elmar Schnee is a director of Merck Santé which holds 20,569,550 shares and 4,439,308 options exercisable at A$1.25 expiring March 12, 2010 in the Company. As an individual investor Mr. Schnee holds 40,000 shares in the Company. Merck Santé is party to research and development and commercialization agreements with the Company’s previously 100% owned subsidiary Autogen Research Pty Ltd.  Under existing agreements Merck Santé was not due to provide, and has not provided research and development funding to ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited or any of its subsidiaries since fiscal 2007.

 

Dr. Dennis M. Brown is an executive director of the Company. As an individual investor Dr. Dennis M. Brown holds 13,876,552 shares .

 

C .                                     Interests of experts and counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 8.                  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

A .                                     Consolidated statements and other financial information

 

Reference is made to page F-1.  Financial Statements for a list of all financial statements, including the notes thereto, and exhibits.

 

Dividends

 

The Company does not currently pay dividends.  The payment of future dividends will be dependent upon future earnings, the financial condition of the Company and other factors.  In addition, the Company expects to retain a substantial portion of future earnings, if only to finance the growth and development of the business.  Accordingly, the Company does not expect to pay dividends in the near future.

 

Legal matters

 

The Company is not engaged in any legal or arbitration proceedings .

 

48



Table of Contents

 

B .                                     Significant changes

 

On July 23, 2008, following shareholder approval at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on July 22, 2008, the Company issued 37,235,343 ordinary fully paid shares to Stragen International N.V. The shares were issued as a condition to an Intellectual Property Assignment Deed under which the Company obtained full commercial control of omacetaxine mepesuccinate (formerly known as Ceflatonin) in Europe.

 

On August 5, 2008 Mr Jean-Luc Tétard, President of Stragen Pharma SA, became a director of the Company.

 

On September 17, 2008 the Company announced the placement of 15,216,153 ordinary fully paid shares at 85 cents each, raising a total of $12,933,730.These funds will be applied to the continued clinical trial program for omacetaxine.

 

On October 13, 2008 the Company announced that 150,568 shares had been issued under a Share Placement Programme to existing shareholders on the same terms as the issue on September 17, 2008. These issues brought the total fully paid ordinary shares issued by Company to 239,714,338.

 

ITEM 9.                  THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

A .                                     Offer and listing details

 

Trading market for ordinary shares and ADRs

 

The Company’s ordinary shares were listed on the ASX on July 10, 1986. The ASX is the principal trading market for the ordinary shares.  The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the highest and lowest market quotations for the ordinary shares reported on the Daily Official List of the ASX.

 

Annual high and low market price of ordinary shares and average daily trading volume on ASX for last five full fiscal years

 

 

 

 

 

High (A$)

 

Low (A$)

 

Ave. daily trading volume

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

July 1, 2007 to June 30, 2008

 

1.20

 

0.72

 

101,666

 

2007

 

July 1, 2006 to June 30,2007

 

1.15

 

0.36

 

308,041

 

2006

 

July 1, 2005 to June 30, 2006

 

0.72

 

0.37

 

71,880

 

2005

 

July 1, 2004 to June 30, 2005

 

0.80

 

0.43

 

95,048

 

2004

 

July 1, 2003 to June 30, 2004

 

0.84

 

0.25

 

247,578

 

 

Quarterly high and low market price of ordinary shares and average daily trading volume for last two full fiscal years and

beyond

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Ave. daily trading volume

 

 

 

 

 

(A$)

 

(A$)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2009

 

September quarter

 

1.20

 

0.71

 

72,233

 

Fiscal 2008

 

June quarter

 

1.14

 

0.81

 

107,414

 

 

 

March quarter

 

1.05

 

0.71

 

87,582

 

 

 

December quarter

 

1.20

 

0.95

 

102,408

 

 

 

September quarter

 

1.13

 

0.72

 

109,260

 

Fiscal 2007

 

June quarter

 

1.15

 

0.78

 

171,743

 

 

 

March quarter

 

0.85

 

0.57

 

765,478

 

 

 

December quarter

 

0.66

 

0.45

 

183,772

 

 

 

September quarter

 

0.55

 

0.36

 

121,669

 

 

49



Table of Contents

 

Monthly high and low market price of ordinary shares and average daily trading volume for last six months

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Ave. daily trading volume

 

 

 

(A$)

 

(A$)

 

 

 

November 2008

 

0.60

 

0.41

 

135,529

 

October 2008

 

0.77

 

0.45

 

53,757

 

September 2008

 

0.99

 

0.71

 

44,486

 

August 2008

 

1.05

 

0.95

 

80,824

 

July 2008

 

1.20

 

0.93

 

89,824

 

June 2008

 

1.14

 

0.90

 

205,730

 

 

As at December 12, 2008 the ordinary shares closed at AUD0.455.

 

At December 12, 2008 the Company had 239,714,338 ordinary shares issued and outstanding. The shares are without par value. See Item 10B Memorandum and articles of incorporation for a detailed description of the rights attaching to the shares. Also see Item 12A. “American Depositary Shares” for a description of the rights attaching to the ADR.

 

As of November 30, 2008 approximately 10.1 million of the Company’s ordinary shares (CXS), 4.2% of the total ordinary shares issued and outstanding, were held by 83 U.S. residents (based solely on their addresses).

 

As of November 30, 2008 approximately 956,000 of the Company’s listed AUD1.25 options (CXSO), 4.3% of the total listed AUD1.25 options issued and outstanding, were held by 16 U.S. residents (based solely on their addresses).

 

As of November 30, 2008 none of the Company’s listed AUD0.75 options (CXSOA) were held by U.S. residents (based solely on their addresses).

 

On December 10, 2002 the Company established a Level 1 ADR program, in which the ordinary shares trade in the form of ADSs, which are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts or ADRs, issued by The Bank of New York, as Depositary, and registered on Form F-6 pursuant to the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

The Company’s Level 1 ADR program was upgraded to a Level 2 program on June 28, 2005, in connection with the Company’s listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market. One American Depositary Share (“ADS”) represents fifteen ordinary shares.

 

As of December 12, 2008, there were 47,102 ADRs outstanding.

 

50



 

Table of Contents

 

Annual high and low market price ADR’s and average daily trading volume on NASDAQ for full fiscal years since listing

 

 

 

 

 

High (US$)

 

Low (US$)

 

Ave. daily trading volume

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

July 1, 2007 to June 30, 2008

 

25.75

 

8.58

 

1017

 

2007

 

July 1, 2006 to June 30, 2007

 

14.50

 

3.85

 

527

 

2006

 

July 1, 2005 to June 30, 2006

 

8.55

 

4.12

 

1,588

 

 

Quarterly high and low market price of ADRs and average daily trading volume since NASDAQ listing

 

 

 

 

 

High (US$)

 

Low (US$)

 

Ave. daily trading volume

 

Fiscal 2009

 

September quarter

 

24.00

 

13.00

 

603

 

 

 

June quarter

 

25.75

 

11.03

 

1,956

 

 

 

March quarter

 

15.03

 

10.25

 

718

 

 

 

December quarter

 

16.99

 

12.45

 

606

 

 

 

September quarter

 

15.14

 

8.58

 

786

 

Fiscal 2007

 

June quarter

 

14.50

 

9.20

 

913

 

 

 

March quarter

 

9.80

 

7.00

 

587

 

 

 

December quarter

 

7.90

 

5.10

 

408

 

 

 

September quarter

 

5.61

 

3.85

 

202

 

Fiscal 2006

 

June quarter

 

8.25

 

4.12

 

497

 

 

 

March quarter

 

7.57

 

5.15

 

1,243

 

 

 

December quarter

 

8.48

 

5.49

 

3,749

 

 

 

September quarter

 

8.55

 

6.00

 

863

 

 

Monthly high and low market price ADRs and average daily trading volume for the last six months

 

 

 

High (US$)

 

Low (US$)

 

Ave. daily trading volume

 

November 2008

 

16.95

 

14.20

 

147

 

October 2008

 

19.50

 

12.50

 

191

 

September 2008

 

21.45

 

13.00

 

500

 

August 2008

 

22.14

 

13.73

 

476

 

July 2008

 

24.00

 

19.00

 

823

 

June 2008

 

25.75

 

14.50

 

4,781

 

 

As at December 12, 2008 ADRs on the NASDAQ Capital Market closed at US$15.88

 

B.                                     Plan of distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

C.                                     Markets

 

The Company’s ordinary shares were listed on the ASX on July 10, 1986. The ASX is the principal trading market for the ordinary shares.

 

The Company’s ADRs were listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market on June 28, 2005. Each ADR evidences 15 ordinary shares.

 

D.                                     Selling shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

E.                                       Dilution

 

Not applicable.

 

F.                                       Expenses of the issue

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 10.                                               ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

A.                                                             Share capital

 

At November 31, 2008 the Company had the following issued securities:

 

239,714,338 ordinary fully paid shares,

 

22,153,637 listed options expiring on March 12, 2010 and exercisable at $1.18,

 

10,950,166 listed options expiring on February 8, 2012 and exercisable at $0.68, and

 

21,341,896 unlisted ESOP options with various exercise prices, expiry dates and vesting conditions.

 

Details of listed securities are included as Note 18 in the attached financial statements.

 

Details of unlisted ESOP options are included as Note 15 in the attached financial statements.

 

B.                                     Memorandum and articles of incorporation

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 20-F (file no. 0-51373) filed with the Commission on June 23, 2005.

 

C.                                     Material contracts

 

Other than those relating to the ordinary course of business no contracts have been entered into by the Company within two years immediately preceding the date of this document.

 

The Company’s principal commercial collaborations are described under Item 4.B. “Business overview – commercial and research and development collaborations.”

 

D.                                     Exchange controls and other limitations affecting security holders

 

Exchange controls

 

Under existing Australian legislation, the Reserve Bank of Australia does not inhibit the import and export of funds, and, generally, no permission is required to be given to the Company for the movement of funds in and out of Australia. However, from time to time, Australian foreign exchange controls are implemented against prescribed countries, entities and persons. Certain transactions relating to Iraq, the National Union for the Total Independence of Angola (UNITA), certain persons associated with the former government of the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, and ministers and senior officials of the Government of Zimbabwe are currently prohibited, without the specific prior approval, of the Reserve Bank of Australia. Restrictions also apply to transactions, accounts and assets relating to the Taliban, Osama bin Laden, the Al-Qaida organization and other persons and entities identified as terrorists or sponsors of terrorism.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Accordingly, at the present time, remittances of any dividends, interest or other payment by the Company to non-resident holders of the Company’s securities in the U.S. are not, subject to the above, restricted by exchange controls or other limitations.

 

Takeovers Act

 

There are no limitations, either under the laws of Australia or under the Constitution of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited, to the right of non-residents to hold or vote the Company’s ordinary shares other than the Commonwealth Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (the “Takeovers Act”).  The Takeovers Act may affect the right of non-Australian residents, including U.S. residents, to hold ordinary shares but does not affect the right to vote, or any other rights associated with any ordinary shares held in compliance with its provisions. Acquisitions of shares in Australian companies by foreign interests are subject to review and approval by the Treasurer of the Commonwealth of Australia under the Takeovers Act. The Takeovers Act applies to any acquisition of outstanding shares of an Australian company that exceeds, or results in a foreign person or persons controlling the voting power of more than a certain percentage of those shares. The thresholds are 15% where the shares are acquired by a foreign person, or group of associated foreign persons, or 40% in aggregate in the case of foreign persons who are not associated. Any proposed acquisition that would result in an individual foreign person (with associates) holding more than 15% must be notified to the Treasurer in advance of the acquisition. At November 31, 2008, approximately 15.9% of the Company’s fully paid outstanding ordinary shares were held by shareholders with addresses outside Australia. In addition to the Takeovers Act, there are statutory limitations in Australia on foreign ownership of certain businesses, such as banks and airlines, not relevant to the Company. However, there are no other statutory or regulatory provisions of Australian law or ASX requirements that restrict foreign ownership or control of the Company.

 

Corporations Act 2001

 

As applied to the Company, the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act 2001”) prohibits any legal person (including a corporation) from acquiring a relevant interest in ordinary shares if after the acquisition that person or any other person’s voting power in the Company increases from 20% or below to more than 20%, or from a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%.

 

This prohibition is subject to a number of specific exceptions set out in section 611 of the Corporations Act 2001 which must be strictly complied with to be applicable.

 

In general terms, a person is considered to have a “relevant interest” in a share in the Company if that person is the holder of that share, has the power to exercise, or control the exercise of, a right to vote attached to that share, or has the power to dispose of, or to control the exercise of a power to dispose of that share.

 

It does not matter how remote the relevant interest is or how it arises. The concepts of “power” and “control” are given wide and extended meanings in this context in order to deem certain persons to hold a relevant interest. For example each person who has voting power above 20% in a company which in turn holds shares in the Company is deemed to have a relevant interest in those shares. Certain situations (set out in section 609 of the Corporations Act 2001) which would otherwise constitute the holding of a relevant interest are excluded from the definition.

 

A person’s voting power in the Company is that percentage of the total votes attached to ordinary shares in which that person and its associates (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001) holds a relevant interest.

 

E.                                       Taxation

 

This summary is based on the tax laws of the United States (including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), its legislative history, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and judicial decisions) and on the Australian tax law and practice, all as in effect on the date hereof. In addition, this summary is based on the income tax convention between the U.S. and Australia (the “Treaty”). The foregoing laws and legal authorities as well as the Treaty are subject to change (or changes in interpretation), possibly with retroactive effect and to differing interpretations. Finally, this summary is based in part upon the representations of

 

53



Table of Contents

 

the Company’s ADR Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

 

The discussion does not address any aspects of U.S. taxation other than federal income taxation or any aspects of Australian taxation other than federal income taxation, inheritance taxation, stamp duty and goods and services tax. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. or Australian federal tax considerations that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual investment circumstances or investors subject to special tax regimes, like broker-dealers, banks or other financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts or real estate mortgage investment conduits, certain former U.S. citizens or residents, persons who actually or constructively own ten percent or more of the Company’s ADRs or ordinary shares, persons who hold ADRs or ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion or constructive sale transaction or other integrated transaction for tax purposes, persons who have elected mark-to-market accounting, persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, persons liable for alternative minimum tax, partnerships and other pass-through entities, or persons who acquired their ADRs or ordinary shares through the exercise of options or similar derivative securities or otherwise as compensation. This discussion applies only to shares held as capital assets. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the U.S. and Australian federal, state and local tax consequences and any other tax consequences of owning and disposing of ADRs and ordinary shares.

 

Australian Tax Consequences

 

In this section the Company discusses Australian tax considerations that apply to non-Australian tax residents who are residents of the U.S. with respect to the ownership and disposal by the absolute beneficial owners of ADRs. This summary does not discuss any foreign or state tax considerations, other than stamp duty.

 

Nature of ADRs for Australian Taxation Purposes

 

ADRs held by a U.S. Holder will be treated for Australian taxation purposes as held under a “bare trust” for that holder. Consequently, the underlying ordinary shares will be regarded as owned by the ADR holder for Australian income tax and capital gains tax purposes. Dividends paid on the underlying ordinary shares will also be treated as dividends paid to the ADR holder, as the person beneficially entitled to those dividends. Therefore, in the following analysis the Company discusses the tax consequences to non-Australian resident holders of ordinary shares which, for Australian taxation purposes, will be the same as to U.S. Holders of ADRs.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

Australia operates a dividend imputation system under which dividends may be declared to be “franked” to the extent of tax paid on company profits. Fully franked dividends are not subject to dividend withholding tax. Dividends payable by the Company to non-Australian resident stockholders will be subject to dividend withholding tax, to the extent the dividends are unfranked. Dividend withholding tax will be imposed at 30%, unless a stockholder is a resident of a country with which Australia has a double taxation agreement. Under the provisions of the Treaty, the Australian tax withheld on unfranked dividends paid by the Company to which a resident of the U.S. is beneficially entitled is generally limited to 15% if the U.S. resident holds less than 10% of the voting rights of the Company, unless the shares are effectively connected to a permanent establishment or fixed base in Australia through which the stockholder carries on business or provides independent personal services, respectively. Where the U.S. resident holds 10% or more of the voting rights of the Company, the withholding tax rate is reduced to 5%.

 

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares - Capital Gains Tax

 

Non-Australian resident stockholders will not be subject to Australian capital gains tax on the gain made on a sale or other disposal of our shares, unless they, together with associates, hold 10% or more of our issued capital at any time during the five years before the disposal of the shares. If a non-Australian resident stockholder did own a 10% or more interest, that stockholder would be subject to Australian capital gains tax to the same extent as Australian resident stockholders. The Australian Taxation Office maintains the view that the Double Taxation Convention between the U.S. and Australia does not limit Australian capital gains tax. Australian capital gains tax applies to net capital gains at a taxpayer’s marginal tax rate but for certain stockholders a discount of the capital gain may apply if the shares have been held for 12 months or more. For individuals, this discount is 50%.  Net capital gains are calculated after reduction for capital losses, which may only be offset against capital gains.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares - Stockholders Holding Shares on Revenue Account

 

Some non-Australian resident stockholders may hold shares on revenue rather than on capital account, for example, share traders. These stockholders may have the gains made on the sale or other disposal of the shares included in their assessable income under the ordinary income provisions of the income tax law, if the gains are sourced in Australia. Non-Australian resident stockholders assessable under these ordinary income provisions in respect of gains made on shares held on revenue account would be assessed for those gains at the Australian tax rates for non-Australian residents, which start at a marginal rate of 29%. Some relief from the Australian income tax may be available to non-Australian resident stockholders under the Double Taxation Convention between the U.S. and Australia, for example, because the stockholder does not have a permanent establishment in Australia.

 

To the extent an amount would be included in a non-Australian resident stockholder’s assessable income under both the capital gains tax provisions and the ordinary income provisions, the capital gain amount would generally be reduced, so that the stockholder would not be subject to double tax on any part of the income gain or capital gain.

 

Dual Residency

 

If a stockholder were a resident of both Australia and the U.S. under those countries’ domestic taxation laws, that stockholder may be subject to tax as an Australian resident. If, however, the stockholder is determined to be a U.S. resident for the purposes of the Double Taxation Convention between the U.S. and Australia, the Australian tax would be subject to limitation by the Double Taxation Convention. Stockholders should obtain specialist taxation advice in these circumstances.

 

Stamp Duty

 

Any transfer of shares through trading on the ASX, whether by Australian residents or foreign residents, are not subject to stamp duty within Australia.

 

Australian Death Duty

 

Australia does not have estate or death duties. No capital gains tax liability is realized upon the inheritance of a deceased person’s shares. The disposal of inherited shares by beneficiaries, may, however, give rise to a capital gains tax liability.

 

Goods and Services Tax

 

The issue or transfer of shares will not incur Australian goods and services tax and does not require a stockholder to register for Australian goods and services tax purposes.

 

U.S . Federal Income Taxation

 

The following discussion summarizes the principal U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of ADRs and ordinary shares. This summary does not describe any state, local or non-U.S. tax law considerations, or any aspect of U.S. federal tax other than income taxation; investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding such matters.

 

As used below, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of an ADR or ordinary share that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) a citizen or resident alien individual of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation) organized under the law of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax without regard to its source or (iv) a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust, and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of an ADR or ordinary share that is (i) a nonresident alien individual, (ii) a corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation) created or organized in or under the law of a country other than the United States or a political subdivision thereof or (iii) an estate or trust that is not a U.S. Holder. If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of an ADR or ordinary share, the U.S. federal tax treatment of the partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A holder of an ADR or ordinary share that is a partnership and partners in that partnership should consult their own tax advisers regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of ADRs or ordinary shares.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

Nature of ADRs for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

 

In general, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a holder of an ADR will be treated as the owner of the underlying ordinary shares. Accordingly, except as specifically noted below, the tax consequences discussed below with respect to ADRs will be the same for ordinary shares in the Company, and exchanges of ordinary shares for ADRs, and ADRs for ordinary shares, generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

U.S. Holders . In general, subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, a distribution on an ADR will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent that it is made from the Company’s current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will be treated as a non-taxable reduction of basis to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ADR on which it is paid, and to the extent it exceeds that basis it will be treated as a capital gain. For purposes of this discussion, the term “dividend” means a distribution that constitutes a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

T he gross amount of any dividend on an ADR (which will include the amount of any Australian taxes withheld) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as foreign source dividend income. The amount of a dividend paid in Australian dollars will be its value in U.S. dollars based on the prevailing spot market exchange rate in effect on the day that the U.S. Holder receives the dividend or, in the case of a dividend received in respect of an ADR, on the date the Depositary receives it, whether or not the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars. A U.S. Holder will have a tax basis in any distributed Australian dollars equal to its U.S. dollar amount on the date of receipt, and any gain or loss realized on a conversion or other disposition of the Australian dollars generally will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss. If dividends paid in Australian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars on the date they are received by a U.S. holder or the Depositary or its agent, as the case may be, the U.S. holder generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income.

 

Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, a dividend a noncorporate U.S. Holder receives on an ADR before January 1, 2011 will be subject to a maximum tax rate of 15% if the dividend is a “qualified dividend.”  A dividend will be a qualified dividend if (a) the dividend is paid on an ordinary share and the ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States and (b) the dividend is paid on an ADR or an ordinary share and the Company is eligible for benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that the Secretary of the Treasury determines is satisfactory for purposes of these rules and that includes an exchange of information program, and (ii) the Company was not, in the year prior to the year the dividend was paid, and is not, in the year the dividend is paid, a PFIC. The ADRs will be listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market, which should constitute an established securities market in the United States. In any event, the Treaty satisfies the requirements of clause (i)(b), and, although the matter is not free from doubt, the Company should be a resident of Australia entitled to the benefits of the Treaty. Based on the Company’s audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, the Company believes it was not a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for its June 30, 2007 and June 30. 2008 taxable years, nor does it anticipate being classified as a PFIC for its June 30, 2009 taxable year. However, because the determination of whether the Company is a PFIC is based upon the composition of the income and assets from time to time, there can be no assurances that the Company will not become a PFIC for any future taxable year. In addition, as described in the section below entitled “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” if the Company were a PFIC in a year while a U.S. Holder held an ADR or ordinary share, and if the U.S. Holder has not made a qualified electing fund election effective for the first year the U.S. Holder held the ADR or ordinary share, the ADR or ordinary share remains an interest in a PFIC for all future years or until such an election is made. The IRS takes the position that that rule will apply for purposes of determining whether an ADR is an interest in a PFIC in the year a dividend is paid or in the prior year, even if the Company does not satisfy the tests to be a PFIC in either of those years. Even if the Company has not been a PFIC in any prior year and is not currently a PFIC, because the composition of the Company’s income and assets will vary over time, there can be no assurance that the Company will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. Special limitations on foreign tax credits apply to dividends subject to the reduced rate of tax. U.S. Holders of ADRs and ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisers regarding the availability of the reduced dividend tax rate in the light of their own particular circumstances.

 

Any Australian withholding tax will be treated as a foreign income tax eligible for credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. federal income tax law. For purposes of computing those limitations separately for specific categories of income, a dividend generally will

 

56



Table of Contents

 

constitute foreign source “passive income” or, in the case of certain holders, “financial services income” for purposes of taxable years beginning before January 1, 2007.  For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006, “passive income” generally will be treated as “passive category income,” and “financial services income” generally will be treated as “general category income.”  A U.S. Holder will be denied a foreign tax credit with respect to Australian income tax withheld from dividends received on an ADR to the extent the U.S. Holder has not held the ADR for at least 16 days of the 30-day period beginning on the date which is 15 days before the ex-dividend date or to the extent the U.S. Holder is under an obligation to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property. Any days during which a U.S. Holder has substantially diminished its risk of loss on the ADR are not counted toward meeting the 16-day holding period required by the statute. The rules relating to the determination of the foreign tax credit are complex, and U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax adviser to determine whether and to what extent they will be entitled to foreign tax credits as well as with respect to the determination of the foreign tax credit limitation (including changes in the rules for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006).  Alternatively, any Australian withholding tax may be taken as a deduction against taxable income, provided that the U.S. Holder takes a deduction and not a credit for all foreign income taxes paid or accrued in the same taxable year. A dividend will not be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction.

 

Non-U.S. Holders . A dividend paid to a non-U.S. Holder of an ADR will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of trade or business by the non-U.S. Holder within the United States (and is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base the non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States if an applicable income tax treaty so requires as a condition for the non-U.S. Holder to be subject to U.S. taxation on a net income basis on income from the ADR).  A non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to tax on an effectively connected dividend in the same manner as a U.S. Holder. A corporate non-U.S. Holder may also be subject under certain circumstances to an additional “branch profits tax,” the rate of which may be reduced pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty.

 

Taxation of Capital Gains

 

U.S. Holders . Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, on a sale or other taxable disposition of an ADR, a U.S. Holder will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in the ADR and the amount realized on the sale or other disposition, each determined in U.S. dollars. Any gain a U.S. Holder recognizes generally will be U.S. source income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes, and, subject to certain exceptions, any loss generally will be a U.S. source loss. If Australian tax is withheld on a sale or other disposition of an ADR, the amount realized will include the gross amount of the proceeds of that sale or disposition before deduction of the Australian tax. The generally applicable limitations under U.S. federal income tax law on crediting foreign income taxes may preclude a U.S. Holder from obtaining a foreign tax credit for any Australian tax withheld on a sale of an ADR.

 

In general, any adjusted net capital gain of an individual in a taxable year beginning before January 1, 2011 is subject to a maximum tax rate of 15%.  In subsequent years, the maximum tax rate on the net capital gain of an individual will be 20%.  The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

 

Non-U.S. Holders. A non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of an ADR unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of trade or business by the non-U.S. Holder within the United States (and is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that the non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States if an applicable income tax treaty so requires as a condition for the non-U.S. Holder to be subject to U.S. taxation on a net income basis on income from the ADR), or (ii) in the case of a non-U.S. Holder who is an individual, the holder is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and certain other conditions apply. Any effectively connected gain of a corporate non-U.S. Holder may also be subject under certain circumstances to an additional “branch profits tax,” the rate of which may be reduced pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

 

A special set of U.S. federal income tax rules applies to a foreign corporation that is a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As noted above, based on the Company’s audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, the Company believes it was not a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for its June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2009 taxable years, nor does it anticipate being classified as a PFIC for its June 30, 2009 taxable year. However, given that the determination of PFIC status involves the application of complex tax rules, no assurances can be provided that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current (or any past or future) taxable year.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

In general, a foreign corporation is a PFIC if at least 75% of its gross income for the taxable year is passive income or if at least 50% of its assets for the taxable year produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income.  In general, passive income for this purpose means, with certain designated exceptions, dividends, interest, rents, royalties (other than certain rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of trade or business), annuities, net gains from dispositions of certain assets, net foreign currency gains, income equivalent to interest, income from notional principal contracts and payments in lieu of dividends.  The determination of whether a foreign corporation is a PFIC is a factual determination made annually and is therefore subject to change.  Subject to exceptions pursuant to certain elections that generally require the payment of tax, once stock in a foreign corporation is stock in a PFIC in the hands of a particular shareholder that is a United States person, it remains stock in a PFIC in the hands of that shareholder.

 

If the Company is treated as a PFIC, contrary to the tax consequences described in “U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Dividends” and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Capital Gains” above, a U.S. Holder that does not make an election described in the succeeding two paragraphs would be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any gain realized on a sale or other disposition of an ADR (for purposes of these rules, a disposition of an ADR includes many transactions on which gain or loss is not realized under general U.S. federal income tax rules)  and (ii) any “excess distribution” by the Company to the U.S. Holder (generally, any distribution during a taxable year in which distributions to the U.S. Holder on the ADR exceed 125% of the average annual taxable distributions (whether actual or constructive and whether or not out of earnings and profits) received by the U.S. Holder on the ADR during the preceding three taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADR).  Under those rules, (i) the gain or excess distribution would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADR, (ii) the amount allocated to the taxable year in which the gain or excess distribution is realized would be taxable as ordinary income in its entirety and not as capital gain, would be ineligible for the reduced qualified dividend rates, and could not be offset by any deductions or losses, and (iii) the amount allocated to each prior year, with certain exceptions, would be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect for that year, and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax would be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each of those years.  A U.S. Holder who owns an ADR during any year the Company is a PFIC may have to file IRS Form 8621.

 

The special PFIC rules described above will not apply to a U.S. Holder if the U.S. Holder makes a timely election, which remains in effect, to treat the Company as a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”) in the first taxable year in which the U.S. Holder owns an ADR and the Company is a PFIC and if the Company complies with certain reporting requirements.  Instead, a shareholder of a QEF generally is currently taxable on a pro rata share of the Company’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain as ordinary income and long-term capital gain, respectively.  Neither that ordinary income nor any actual dividend from the Company would qualify for the 15% maximum tax rate on dividends described above if the Company is a PFIC in the taxable year the ordinary income is realized or the dividend is paid or in the preceding taxable year.  The Company has not yet determined whether, if it is a PFIC, it would make the computations necessary to supply U.S. Holders with the information needed to report income and gain pursuant to a QEF election.  It is, therefore, possible that U.S. Holders would not be able to make or retain that election in any year the Company is a PFIC.  Although a QEF election generally cannot be revoked, if a U.S. Holder made a timely QEF election for the first taxable year it owned an ADR and the Company is a PFIC (or is treated as having done so pursuant to any of certain elections), the QEF election will not apply during any later taxable year in which the Company does not satisfy the tests to be a PFIC.  If a QEF election is not made in that first taxable year, an election in a later year generally will require the payment of tax and interest.

 

In lieu of a QEF election, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC that is considered marketable stock could elect to mark the stock to market annually, recognizing as ordinary income or loss each year an amount equal to the difference as of the close of the taxable year between the fair market value of the stock and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in the stock.  Losses would be allowed only to the extent of net mark-to-market gain previously included in income by the U.S. Holder under the election for prior taxable years.  A U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in the ADRs will be adjusted to reflect the amounts included or deducted with respect to the mark-to-market election.  If the mark-to-market election were made, the rules set forth in the second preceding paragraph would not apply for periods covered by the election.  A mark-to-market election will not apply during any later taxable year in which the Company does not satisfy the tests to be a PFIC.  In general, the ADRs will be marketable stock if the ADRs are traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter on a national securities exchange that is registered with the SEC or on a designated national market system or on any exchange or market that the Treasury Department determines to have rules sufficient to ensure that the market price accurately represents the fair market

 

58



Table of Contents

 

value of the stock. NASDAQ (which should include the NASDAQ Capital Market) is a qualified exchange within the meaning of the applicable Treasury regulations. The ADRs will be listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market. Thus, the ADRs should be considered “marketable stock” for this purpose.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

Dividends paid on, and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, an ADR to a U.S. Holder generally may be subject to information reporting requirements and may be subject to backup withholding (currently at the rate of 28%) unless the U.S. Holder provides an accurate taxpayer identification number or otherwise demonstrates that they are exempt.  The amount of any backup withholding collected from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that certain required information is submitted to the IRS.  A non-U.S. Holder generally will be exempt from these information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax but may be required to comply with certain certification and identification procedures in order to establish its eligibility for exemption.

 

The discussion above is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax considerations applicable to an investment in ADRs or ordinary shares.  Holders and potential holders should consult their tax adviser(s) concerning the tax consequences relevant to them in their particular situation.

 

F.             Dividends and paying agents

 

Not applicable

 

G.            Statement by experts

 

Not applicable

 

H.            Documents on display

 

This Annual Report on Form 20-F and any related documents may be inspected by investors at the Company’s headquarters at Level 4, 199 Moorabool Street, Geelong,, Victoria, Australia or at the public reference room of the SEC located at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington DC 20549, at prescribed rates.  The Company is subject to the information requirements of the U.S.  Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance therewith, is required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in electronic form.  More information concerning the public reference room of the SEC can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The SEC filings of the Company are available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and at the website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.  The Company also maintains a website at www.chemgenex.com.  Information on the Company’s website and websites linked to it do not constitute part of this Annual Report.

 

I.              Subsidiary information

 

Not applicable

 

ITEM 11.               QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

The Company has exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Company does not utilize derivative financial instruments or other financial instruments subject to market risk.

 

Foreign currency exchange rates

 

The principal currency of the Company is the Australian dollar. Cash to fund working capital requirements is managed centrally in Australia and held in Australian dollars.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows the sensitivity of the Company’s 2007/2008 earnings as a result of an appreciation or depreciation in the value of the June 30, 2008 exchange rate of the Australian dollar against the US dollar (for commitments for expenditure existing at June 30, 2008).

 

 

 

A$ Depreciation

 

 

 

A$ Appreciation

 

 

 

-15%

 

-10%

 

-5%

 

0%

 

5%

 

10%

 

15%

 

US $

 

(1,106,247

)

(636,929

)

(368,749

)

 

368,749

 

636,929

 

1,106,247

 

 

The following table shows the sensitivity of the Company’s 2006/2007 earnings as a result of an appreciation or depreciation in the value of the June 30, 2007 exchange rate of the Australian dollar against the US dollar (for commitments for expenditure existing at June 30, 2007).

 

 

 

A$ Depreciation

 

 

 

A$ Appreciation

 

 

 

-15%

 

-10%

 

-5%

 

0%

 

5%

 

10%

 

15%

 

US $

 

(528,314

)

(334,599

)

(193,715

)

 

193,715

 

334,599

 

528,314

 

 

Details of the Company’s approach to financial risk management is set out in Note 19 of the attached financial statements.

 

Interest rates

 

Cash, held in call and short-term deposit accounts at the National Australia Bank Limited and Greater Bay Bank are subject to variable interest rates. The Company does not consider its exposure to interest rates to be significant.

 

ITEM 12.               DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

 

A             Debt Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

B             Warrants and Rights

 

Not applicable.

 

C             Other Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

D             American Depositary Shares

 

Not applicable.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

ITEM 13.               DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

 

None.

 

ITEM 14.               MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHT OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

 

None.

 

ITEM 15.               CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

A.            Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

As of 30 June 2008 (the “Evaluation Date”), our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13(a)-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, we concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, our disclosure controls and procedures were sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the applicable rules and forms, and that it is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

B.            Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

As required by section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our system of internal control over financial reporting was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Audit Committee of the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of published financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Our Board of Directors conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2008 based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, which is issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our Board of Directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Based on this criteria, our management concluded that, as of 30 June 2008, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

 

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures which may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

C.            Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited

 

We have audited ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited ‘s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). ChemGenex Pharmaceutical Limited’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, ChemGenex Pharmaceutical Limited maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2008, based on the COSO criteria .

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited as of June 30, 2008 and 2007 and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2008 of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited and our report dated December 23, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young

 

Ernst & Young

 

Melbourne, Australia

December 23, 2008

 

62



Table of Contents

 

D.            Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There were no significant changes in our internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls and procedures subsequent to the date our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer completed their evaluation, nor were there any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal controls and procedures requiring corrective actions, other than those described above.

 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 16A.            AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

 

The Board of Directors of the Company has determined that Donald Santel, an independent member of its Board of Directors and a member of its Audit Committee, is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the Sarbanes-Oxley and related regulations.

 

ITEM 16B.            CODE OF ETHICS

 

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all of the Company’s employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller. The Code can be downloaded at our website (www.chemgenex.com). Additionally, any person, upon request, can ask for a hard copy or electronic file of such Code. If we make any substantive amendment to the Code of Ethics or grant any waivers, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Ethics, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website. During the year ended June 30, 2008, no such amendment was made or waiver granted

 

63



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 16C.            PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

For purposes of this Form 20-F Annual Report and other SEC filings, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm is Ernst & Young.  For statutory reporting purposes and filings with the ASX and ASIC in Australia, the Company’s auditor is Ernst & Young.

 

The following table sets forth the fees billed to us by our statutory auditor, Ernst & Young, for the years ended June 30, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively:

 

Ernst & Young

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Audit fees

 

358,500

 

269,435

 

212,325

 

Tax fees

 

116,593

 

 

 

All other fees

 

 

 

 

Total

 

475,093

 

269,435

 

212,325

 

 

Ernst & Young received or are due to receive the following amounts for the provision of non-audit services-

 

 

 

$

 

Taxation advice relating Demerger Class ruling

 

106,593

 

International taxation advice

 

10,000

 

 

 

116,593

 

 

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

 

The Company’s Board of Directors has established pre-approval policies and procedures for the engagement of its independent registered public accounting firms for all audit and non-audit services.

 

The Audit Committee reviews the scope of all the services to be provided, before their commencement, in order to ensure that there are no independence issues and the services are not prohibited services as defined by Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

ITEM 16D.            EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16E.            PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

 

Not applicable.

 

64



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

ITEM 17.               FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Refer to page F-1 for an index of all Financial Statements.

 

ITEM 18.               FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company has chosen to respond to Item 17 in lieu of responding to this Item.

 

ITEM 19.               EXHIBITS

 

The following documents are filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 20-F:

 

1.                                      Constitution of the Registrant #.

 

2.                                      Deposit Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2002, by and among Autogen Limited, The Bank of New York, as Depositary, and the Owners and Holders of American Depositary Receipts (such agreement is incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 relating to the ADSs (File No. 333-101016) filed with the Commission on November 1, 2002)

 

3.                Material Contracts:

 

Intellectual Property Assignment Deed between ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited and Stragen Group Companies dated May 29, 2008.

 

3.1   Service Contracts of Directors

 

(a)                                   Employment Agreement of  Dr. Gregory R. Collier dated July 1, 2007.

 

(b)                                  Employment Agreement of Dr. Dennis M. Brown dated November 30, 2007.

 

65



Table of Contents

 

3.2                                 Other Contracts

 

(a)

 

Sponsored Clinical Study Agreement dated April 14, 2003 between The University of Texas M.D. Anderson Cancer Center and ChemGenex Therapeutics, Inc., as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated November 18, 2004.* #

 

 

 

(b)

 

Research, Licence and Commercialisation Agreement dated April 21, 2005 between ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited and Deakin University. #

 

 

 

(c)

 

HHT Development and Commercialisation Agreement dated June 27, 2005 between ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited, Stragen Investment B.V. and Stragen Pharma S.A.*+

 

 

 

(d)

 

HHT Supply and Distribution Agreement dated June 27, 2005 between ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited and Stragen Investment B.V.*+

 

 

 

12.01

 

Certification by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer required by Item 15.

 

 

 

12.02

 

Certification by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer required by Item 15.

 

 

 

13.01

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

 

 

 

13.02

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

 


# Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 20-F (file no. 0-51373) filed with the Commission on June 23, 2005

 

+ Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F (file no. 0-51373) filed with the Commission on December 19, 2005.

 

* Certain provisions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to an application for confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED

 

 

/s/ Greg Collier

 

By:

Greg Collier

 

Name:

Greg Collier

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

 

Date:

December 30, 2008

 

 

67




Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED— IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Income Statement

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited and its controlled entities (the Company) as of June 30, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated income statements, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2008.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited and its controlled entities at June 30, 2008 and 2007 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2008 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated December 23, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern.  As more fully described in Note 2, the Company has incurred recurring operating losses and negative cash flows from operating activities.  To fund the expected levels of operating expenditures, the Company will require additional sources of capital.  While the Company has previously been successful in raising additional capital, there can be no assurance that it will be able to raise sufficient capital to continue its operations.  These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.  Management’s plans in regard to these matters also are discussed in Note 2.  The 2008 consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young

 

Ernst & Young

 

Melbourne, Australia

December 23, 2008

 

F-2



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED— IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Income Statement

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30

 

Notes

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

A$

 

A$

 

Continuing Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance income

 

5(b)

 

1,055,093

 

862,096

 

241,634

 

 

 

 

 

1,055,093

 

862,096

 

241,634

 

Research expenditure

 

5(d)

 

(9,233,641

)

(4,320,602

)

(3,325,103

)

Gross loss

 

 

 

(8,178,548

)

(3,458,506

)

(3,083,469

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

5(a)

 

1,648,681

 

815,637

 

 

Administration costs

 

 

 

(1,824,775

)

(1,645,590

)

(892,857

)

Employee benefits expense

 

5(c)

 

(7,298,615

)

(2,517,915

)

(2,710,341

)

Patent expense

 

 

 

(406,783

)

(310,189

)

(232,433

)

Legal expense

 

 

 

(210,971

)

(66,434

)

(114,416

)

Depreciation

 

12

 

(113,773

)

(271,344

)

(272,198

)

Travel expense

 

 

 

(445,703

)

(101,409

)

(152,751

)

Accounting and audit expense

 

 

 

(568,228

)

(298,526

)

(380,259

)

Loss from continuing operations before tax

 

 

 

(17,398,715

)

(7,854,276

)

(7,838,724

)

Income tax (expense)/benefit

 

6

 

34,542

 

(321,504

)

 

Loss from continuing operations after tax

 

 

 

(17,364,173

)

(8,175,780

)

(7,838,724

)

Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations after income tax

 

4(b)

 

10,944,247

 

(3,525,139

)

(2,530,995

)

Loss attributable to members of the parent

 

 

 

(6,419,926

)

(11,700,919

)

(10,369,719

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic loss per share (cents per share)

 

7

 

(9.30

)

(5.04

)

(6.66

)

Diluted loss per share (cents per share)

 

7

 

(9.30

)

(5.04

)

(6.66

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic loss per share (cents per share)

 

7

 

5.86

 

(2.17

)

(2.15

)

Diluted loss per share (cents per share)

 

7

 

4.55

 

(2.17

)

(2.15

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss attributable to members of the Parent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic loss per share (cents per share)

 

7

 

(3.44

)

(7.21

)

(8.81

)

Diluted loss per share (cents per share)

 

7

 

(3.44

)

(7.21

)

(8.81

)

 

F-3



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED— IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Balance Sheet

 

AS AT JUNE 30

 

Notes

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

A$

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

9

 

10,081,629

 

25,366,562

 

Trade and other receivables

 

10

 

 

18,000

 

Prepayments

 

 

 

575,936

 

363,251

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

10,657,565

 

25,747,813

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in controlled entities

 

11

 

 

 

Plant and equipment

 

12

 

355,462

 

81,546

 

Intangible assets and goodwill

 

13

 

16,931,750

 

16,931,750

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

17,287,212

 

17,013,296

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

 

 

27,944,777

 

42,761,109

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

16

 

3,061,974

 

2,445,238

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

 

 

165,688

 

Employee entitlements

 

17

 

302,510

 

231,284

 

Provision for income tax

 

 

 

 

16,079

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

3,364,484

 

2,858,289

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee entitlements

 

17

 

70,927

 

33,222

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

70,927

 

33,222

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

 

3,435,411

 

2,891,511

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET ASSETS

 

 

 

24,509,366

 

39,869,598

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued capital

 

18

 

108,999,144

 

120,773,060

 

Retained losses

 

 

 

(99,143,847

)

(92,723,921

)

Other reserves

 

18

 

14,654,069

 

11,820,459

 

TOTAL EQUITY

 

 

 

24,509,366

 

39,869,598

 

 

F-4



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED— IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Cash Flow Statement

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30

 

Notes

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

A$

 

A$

 

A$

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government grants received

 

 

 

1,545,326

 

655,809

 

 

Service agreement income received

 

 

 

66,000

 

 

 

VAT refund received

 

5(a)

 

64

 

1,911

 

 

Revenue from discontinued operation

 

4(b)

 

195,688

 

610,401

 

2,055,388

 

Payments to suppliers and employees

 

 

 

(17,806,859

)

(12,422,412

)

(10,541,006

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET CASH FLOWS (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

9

 

(15,999,781

)

(11,154,291

)

(8,485,618

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest received

 

5(b)

 

1,055,093

 

862,096

 

241,634

 

Cash provided for demerger of Autogen Research Pty Ltd

 

4

 

(150,000

)

 

 

Purchase of plant and equipment

 

12

 

(387,689

)

(24,070

)

(13,996

)

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

517,404

 

838,026

 

227,638

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issues of shares

 

18

 

726,084

 

21,260,131

 

15,723,021

 

Transaction cost of issue of shares

 

18

 

 

(379,686

)

(423,297

)

NET CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

726,084

 

20,880,445

 

15,299,724

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

(14,756,293

)

10,564,180

 

7,041,744

 

Net foreign exchange difference

 

 

 

(528,640

)

(751,314

)

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

 

25,366,562

 

15,553,696

 

8,511,952

 

CLOSING CASH CARRIED FORWARD

 

9

 

10,081,629

 

25,366,562

 

15,553,696

 

 

F-5



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Statement of Changes in Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued

 

Option

 

Foreign Currency

 

Equity

 

Retained

 

Total

 

FROM JULY 1, 2005 TO JUNE 30, 2008

 

Capital

 

Premium

 

Translation

 

Options

 

Losses

 

Equity

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

At June 30,2005

 

84,592,891

 

10,866,878

 

 

428,962

 

(70,653,283

)

25,235,448

 

Loss for year to June 30, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,369,719

)

(10,369,719

)

Total income and expense for period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,369,719

)

(10,369,719

)

Issue of share capital

 

15,723,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,723,021

 

less cost of issue

 

(423,297

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(423,297

)

Share-based payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

839,456

 

 

 

839,456

 

At June 30, 2006

 

99,892,615

 

10,866,878

 

 

1,268,418

 

(81,023,002

)

31,004,909

 

Foreign Exchange Translation

 

 

 

 

 

(751,314

)

 

 

 

 

(751,314

)

Loss for year ended June 30, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,700,919

)

(11,700,919

)

Total income and expense for the period

 

 

 

 

 

(751,314

)

 

 

(11,700,919

)

(12,452,233

)

Issue of share capital

(i)

21,260,131

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,260,131

 

less cost of issue

 

(379,686

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(379,686

)

Share-based payments

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

436,477

 

 

 

436,477

 

At June 30, 2007

 

120,773,060

 

10,866,878

 

(751,314

)

1,704,895

 

(92,723,921

)

39,869,598

 

Foreign Exchange Translation

 

 

 

 

 

(528,640

)

 

 

 

 

(528,640

)

Loss for year ended June 30, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,419,926

)

(6,419,926

)

Total income and expense for period

 

 

 

 

 

(528,640

)

 

 

(6,419,926

)

(6,948,566

)

Issue of share capital

(i)

726,084

 

(2,445

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

723,639

 

Share-based payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,364,695

 

 

 

3,364,695

 

In specie capital reduction

(i)

(12,500,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,500,000

)

At June 30,2008

 

108,999,144

 

10,864,433

 

(1,279,954

)

5,069,590

 

(99,143,847

)

24,509,366

 

 


(i)             Refer Note 18 for details of issues of share capital during the years ended June 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

F - 6



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

1. CORPORATE INFORMATION

 

The financial report of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited (“ChemGenex” or “Company” or “Group”) for the year ended June 30, 2008 was authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the directors on August 26, 2008.

 

ChemGenex is a company limited by shares incorporated in Australia whose shares are publicly traded on the Australian Stock Exchange (“ASX”) and are traded as Level 2 American Depository Receipts (“ADRs”) on the NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

The nature of the operations and principal activities of ChemGenex are described in note 3.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

(a)                                  Basis of accounting

 

The financial report is a general-purpose financial report, which has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The financial report has also been prepared on a historical cost basis.

 

The financial report is presented in Australian dollars.

 

(b)                                  Inherent uncertainty regarding going concern

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of going concern which contemplates continuity of normal business activities and the realisation of assets and settlement of liabilities in the ordinary course of business .  Based on anticipated cash flow requirements of the Company’s existing research and development activities, the directors consider that the Company will have sufficient funds to support existing operations to mid 2009.

 

In common with biotechnology and drug development companies the Company’s operations are subject to considerable risks and significant uncertainty due primarily to the nature of the development and commercialisation undertaken. To allow the Company to execute its near term and longer term plans, it will be necessary to raise additional capital in the future.

 

Since commencing biotechnology activities in June 1996 the Company has experienced recurring net losses and negative cash flows from operations. At June 30, 2008, the Company had accumulated losses of $99,942,834 and recorded a net loss of $6,419,926 and negative cash flows from operations of $15,999,781 for the year ended June 30, 2008. These factors cast uncertainty on the Company’s ability to continue as a “going concern” for a further 12 months as defined in current accounting standards.

 

Based on anticipated cash flow requirements of the Company’s existing research and development activities, the Directors consider that the Company will secure sufficient funds to support operations beyond 2008 and will manage the availability of resources over an extended period of time.

 

The Directors are investigating the opportune time to raise capital and/or enter into licensing/commercialisation arrangements to ensure the Company continues as a going concern. Having regard to the current market conditions and the Company’s development programs, the Directors have established a Board sub-committee to assess strategic alternatives including possible partnership, mergers, acquisitions and capital raising alternatives.

 

The Company has a strong history of capital raisings however the Directors cannot be certain of the Company’s ability of success in the above initiatives, as these activities are dependent on future events.  From July 1, 1996 it has raised approximately $80.9 million (including $44.4 million since July 1, 2005) from the issue of equity securities. In addition, during this time, the Company has received approximately $26.4 million from its pharmaceutical partners pursuant to collaboration and licensing agreements.

 

The Directors plan to continue the Company’s and the consolidated entity’s operations on the basis of the matters referred to above, and believe that future fund raising activities and the value of the Group’s existing net assets will generate sufficient funds for the Group to operate in its normal manner.  In the event that such arrangements are not entered into, there is uncertainty whether the Group will continue as a going concern and, therefore, whether the Group will realise its assets and extinguish its liabilities in the normal course of business and at the amounts stated in the financial report.

 

No adjustments have been made to the financial statements relating to the recoverability and classification of the asset carrying amounts or classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company not continue as a going concern.

 

F-7



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONT)

 

(c)                                  Statement of compliance

 

The financial report complies with Australian Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Certain International Financial Reporting Standards have recently been issued or amended but are not yet effective and have not been adopted by the Group for the annual reporting period ended 30 June 2008. The directors’ have assessed the impact of these new or amended standards (to the extent relevant to the group) and interpretations as follows:

 

Reference

 

Title

 

Summary

 

Application date
of standard*

 

Impact on Group financial
report

 

Application
date for
Group*

IFRS 8

 

Operating Segments and consequential amendments to other Australian Accounting Standards

 

New standard replacing IAS14 Segment Reporting , which adopts a management reporting approach to segment reporting.

 

January 1, 2009

 

IFRS 8 is a disclosure standard so will have no direct impact on the amounts included in the Group’s financial statements, although it may indirectly impact the level at which goodwill is tested for impairment. In addition, the amendments may have an impact on the Group’s segment disclosures.

 

July 1, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IAS 1 (Revised)

 

Presentation of Financial Statements and consequential amendments to other Australian Accounting Standards

 

Introduces a statement of comprehensive income. Other revisions include impacts on the presentation of items in the statement of changes in equity, new presentation requirements for restatements or reclassifications of items in the financial statements, changes in the presentation requirements for dividends and changes to the titles of the financial statements.

 

January 1, 2009

 

These amendments are only expected to affect the presentation of the Group’s financial report and will not have a direct impact on the measurement and recognition of amounts disclosed in the financial report. The Group has not determined at this stage whether to present a single statement of comprehensive income or two separate statements.

 

July 1, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IFRS 2

 

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standard – Share-based Payments: Vesting Conditions and Cancellations

 

The amendments clarify the definition of ‘vesting conditions’, introducing the term ‘non-vesting conditions’ for conditions other than vesting conditions as specifically defined and prescribe the accounting treatment of an award that is effectively cancelled because a non-vesting condition is not satisfied.

 

January 1, 2009

 

The Group has share-based payment arrangements that may be affected by these amendments. However, the Group has not yet determined the extent of the impact, if any.

 

July 1, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amendments to International Financial Reporting Standards***

 

Improvements to IFRSs

 

The improvements project is an annual project that provides a mechanism for making non-urgent, but necessary, amendments to IFRSs. The IASB has separated the amendments into two parts: Part 1 deals with changes the IASB identified resulting in accounting changes; Part II deals with either terminology or editorial amendments that the IASB believes will have minimal impact.

 

January 1, 2009 except for amendments to IFRS 5, which are effective from July 1, 2009.

 

The Group has not yet determined the extent of the impact of the amendments, if any.

 

July 1, 2009

 


*designates the beginning of the applicable annual reporting period unless otherwise stated

 

Adoption of new accounting standard

 

The Group has adopted IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures and all consequential amendments which became applicable on January 1, 2007. The adoption of this standard has only affected the disclosure in these financial statements. There has been no affect on profit and loss or the financial position of the entity.

 

F-8



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONT)

 

(d)                                  Basis of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited (“the Parent”) and its subsidiaries (“the Group”).

 

The financial statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent company, using consistent accounting policies. Adjustments are made to bring into line any dissimilar accounting policies that may exist.

 

All intercompany balances and transactions, including unrealised profits arising from intra-group transactions, have been eliminated in full.  Unrealised losses are eliminated unless costs cannot be recovered.

 

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and cease to be consolidated from the date on which control is transferred from the Group.The investments in controlled entities are carried at cost in the parent company.

 

The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  The purchase method of accounting involves allocating the cost of a business combination to the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.

 

(e)                                  Significant accounting estimates and assumptions

 

The carrying amount of certain assets and liabilities are often determined based on estimates and assumptions of future events. The key estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities within the next annual reporting period are:

 

Impairment of goodwill and intangibles with indefinite useful lives

 

The Group determines whether goodwill and intangibles with indefinite useful lives are impaired at least on an annual basis. This requires an estimate of the recoverable amount of the cash—generating units to which the goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives are allocated. The assumptions used in this estimation of recoverable amount and the carrying amount of goodwill and intangibles with indefinite useful lives are discussed in note 14.

 

Share-based payment transactions

 

The Group measures the cost of share-based payments at fair value at the grant date using the Black-Scholes formula, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the instruments were granted, as discussed in note 15. Where the vesting date is dependent upon the achievement of a future price for listed ordinary shares a Monte Carlo Model has been used to estimate that future vesting date.

 

(f)                                    Foreign currencies

 

Both the functional and presentation currency of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited and its Australian subsidiary Autogen Research Pty Ltd is Australian dollars (A$).

 

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency at the rate of exchange ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date.

 

All differences in the consolidated financial report are taken to the income statement.

 

The functional currency of the overseas subsidiary ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Inc. is United States dollars (US$).

 

As at the reporting date the assets and liabilities of the overseas subsidiary are translated into the presentation currency of the Parent at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date and the income statement is translated at the weighted average exchange rates for the period. The exchange differences arising on translation are taken directly to a separate component of equity.

 

On disposal of a foreign entity, the deferred cumulative amount recognised in equity relating to that particular foreign operation is recognised in the income statement.

 

(g)                                 Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and short-term deposits in the balance sheet comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less. For the purposes of the Cash Flow Statement, cash includes cash and cash equivalents as defined above.

 

F-9



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONT)

 

(h)                                 Trade and other receivables

 

Trade receivables, which generally have 30 day terms, are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less an allowance for impairment.

 

Collectibility of trade receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. An impairment provision is recognised when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect the receivable. The amount of the impairment loss is the receivable carrying amount compared to the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate.

 

(i)                                    Plant and equipment

 

Cost and valuation

 

Plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value.

 

Depreciation

 

Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis on all plant and equipment.

 

Major depreciation periods are:

 

Plant and equipment:

 

· research equipment

 

5-7 years

 

 

 

· office equipment

 

3-13 years

 

Impairment

 

The carrying values of plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.

 

If any such indication exists and where the carrying value exceeds the estimated recoverable amount the assets are written down to their recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of plant and equipment is the greater of the fair value less costs to sell and value in use.

 

(j)                                    Research costs

 

Research costs are expensed as incurred.

 

(k)                                Goodwill

 

Goodwill on acquisition is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the acquirer’s interest in the fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. The basis for calculating possible impairment of goodwill is set out in note 14.

 

Goodwill has not been amortised since the implementation of IFRS on July 1, 2004. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.

 

At the acquisition date, any goodwill acquired is allocated to each of the cash-generating units expected to benefit from the combination’s synergies. Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill relates.

 

Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised.

 

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation.

 

Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured on the basis of the relative values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.

 

F-10



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONT)

 

(l)                                    Impairment of assets

 

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired. Where an indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes a formal estimate of the recoverable amount. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

 

An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or group of assets and the asset’s value in use cannot be estimated to be close to its fair value.  In such cases the asset is tested for impairment as part of the cash generating unit to which it belongs.  When the carrying amount of an asset or cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset or cash-generating unit is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

 

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

 

 (m)                          Employee benefits

 

Provision is made for employee benefits accumulated as a result of employees rendering services up to the reporting date.  These benefits include wages and salaries, annual leave and long service leave.

 

Liabilities arising in respect of wages and salaries, annual leave and other employee entitlements expected to be settled within twelve months of the reporting date are measured based on remuneration rates which are expected to be paid when the liability is settled. All other employee entitlement liabilities are measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflow to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date. In determining the present value of the future cash outflows, the interest rates attaching to government guaranteed securities which have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related liability are used.

 

Expenses for non-accumulating sick leave are recognised when the leave is taken and are measured at the rates paid or payable.

 

 (n)                             Pension and post-employment benefits

 

The Group makes contributions to external superannuation funds in accordance with existing employment contracts and to meet its obligations under Australian taxation law.

 

The Group has no liabilities or commitments for post employment benefits for any employee as at June 30, 2008.

 

 (o)                              Share-based payment transactions

 

The Group may provide benefits to employees (including directors), consultants and suppliers of the Group in the form of share-based payment transactions, whereby employees render services in exchange for shares or rights to purchase shares (‘equity settled transactions’). These benefits may be provided under the Employee Share Option Plan (‘ESOP’) or by issues approved at General Meetings of Shareholders.

 

The cost of equity-settled transactions provided to employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are granted.  The cost of equity-settled transactions provided to suppliers is measured by reference to the date the goods or services are received. The fair value is determined using the Black Scholes option pricing model. Where the vesting date is dependent upon the achievement of a future price for listed ordinary shares a Monte Carlo Model has been used to estimate that future vesting date and the fair value of the share based payment award.

 

In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any performance conditions.

 

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the performance conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which the recipients become entitled to the award (‘vesting date’).

 

The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions with non-market conditions at each reporting date until vesting date reflects:

 

(i)             the extent to which the vesting period has expired, and

 

(ii)          the number of awards that, in the opinion of the directors of the Group, will ultimately vest.

 

This opinion is formed based on the best available information at balance date.

 

The cost of equity settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period), ending on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award (the vesting date).  No adjustment is made should the vesting conditions not be met.

 

F-11



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONT)

 

(p)                                 Leases

 

Leases where the lessor retains substantially all of the risks and benefits of ownership of the assets are classified as operating leases. Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

(q)                                 Trade and payables

 

Liabilities for trade creditors and other amounts are carried at cost which is fair value of the consideration to be paid in the future for goods and services, whether or not billed to the Group.

 

(r)                                  Issued Capital

 

Issued and paid up capital is recognised at the fair value of the consideration received by the Group and is classified as equity.

 

Any transaction costs arising on the issue of ordinary shares are recognised directly in equity as a reduction of the share proceeds received.

 

(s)                                  Loss per share

 

Basic loss per share is determined by dividing the loss after income tax by the weighted average number of ordinary shares, outstanding during the period.

 

The computation of diluted loss per share is similar to basic loss per share, except that it assumes the potentially dilutive securities, such as share options, were converted to shares as of the beginning of the period. For all periods presented, diluted loss per share is equivalent to basic loss per share as the potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share because the effect is anti-dilutive.

 

(t)                                   Revenue recognition

 

a) Research revenue

 

Revenue under research collaboration agreements is recognised as earned on a straight-line basis over the life of the respective agreement as this reflects the level of effort required over the performance period. These agreements are performed on a “best efforts” basis with no guarantees of either technical or commercial success. Project funding received in advance of the period in which the associated research efforts are performed is included in deferred revenue.

 

b) Interest

 

Interest income is recognised as interest accrues using the effective interest method, which is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to the net carrying amount of the financial asset.

 

c) Patent reimbursement

 

Patent reimbursement comprises amounts received in accordance with partnership agreements for patent costs incurred by the Group in conjunction with specified research projects. The amounts are recognised in ‘other income’ and is recognised when the reimbursable expense is incurred and approved in accordance with the agreement.

 

d) Government grants

 

Revenue from government grants is recognised when received and all attaching conditions have been complied with.

 

When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognised as income over the periods necessary to match the grant on a systematic basis to the costs that it is intended to compensate.

 

(u)                                Income taxes

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

 

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based on the current period’s taxable income. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance date.

 

F-12



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONT)

 

Deferred income tax assets have not been recognised as it is not considered probable that taxable profit will be available against which deductible temporary differences, and the carry-forward of unused tax assets and unused tax losses can be utilised.

 

(v)                                  Other taxes

 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST except:

 

·                   where the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as applicable; and

 

·                   receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included.

 

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables in the consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

Cash flows are included in the consolidated Cash Flow Statement on a gross basis and the GST component of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority are classified as operating cash flows.

 

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority.

 

(w)                               Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made in the financial statements to ensure that prior year comparatives conform to the current year representations.

 

The 2006 and 2007 income statement comparatives have been amended to reflect the discontinued operations.

 

3. SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The economic entity performs biotechnology research, originally in Australia in the field of metabolic syndrome; following the acquisition of ChemGenex Therapeutics Inc. in June 2004 oncology research in the United States of America was added to the group’s operations.

 

Since the demerger of metabolic syndrome operations in December 2007 (as approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in November 2007) the economic entity’s operations are centered solely on oncology research, at its offices in Menlo Park California, with corporate administration provided from its Head Office in Geelong, Australia.

 

As the economic entity now operates only in oncology, segmental reporting is no longer considered appropriate.

 

4. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

 

(a) Details of operations disposed

 

On October 29, 2007 ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited announced its intention, subject to shareholder approval, to dispose of its metabolic disease assets and the subsidiary Autogen Research Pty Ltd via an In Specie Distribution to shareholders.

 

Shareholders approved the demerger at the Annual General Meeting held on November 28, 2007 and the subsequent disposal was completed on December 13, 2007.

 

The demerger was undertaken to allow ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited to direct its resources to oncology research, in particular the development of its lead agent, omacetaxine mepesuccinate (formerly Ceflatonin).

 

F-13



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

4. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (CONT)

 

(b) Financial performance of operations

 

The results of the discontinued operations for the period until disposal are presented below:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research revenue

 

195,688

 

536,111

 

1,906,520

 

Demerger gain

 

12,350,000

 

 

 

Government grants

 

 

74,290

 

148,868

 

 

 

12,545,688

 

610,401

 

2,055,388

 

Expenses

 

(1,601,441

)

(4,135,540

)

(4,586,383

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(Loss) before tax from discontinued operations

 

10,944,247

 

(3,525,139

)

(2,530,995

)

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations

 

10,944,247

 

(3,525,139

)

(2,530,995

)

 

The demerger gain arises from the excess of the benefit received for assets transferred (fair value) over the carrying value of those assets in the financial statements of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited. The assets transferred primarily related to intangible assets associated with the metabolic syndrome research programme which had been carried at $nil value.

 

(c) Assets and liabilities

 

All assets and liabilities associated with the discontinued operations were disposed of before June 30, 2008.

 

Details of the disposal of the metabolic syndrome assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

Assets

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

150,000

 

Liabilities

 

 

Net assets attributable to discontinued operation

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flows

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

(1,601,441

)

Net cash out flows of discontinued operations

 

(1,601,441

)

 

 

 

 

Consideration received

 

 

 

Capital reduction via in specie distribution

 

12,500,000

 

Less net assets disposed of

 

(150,000

)

Gain on disposal

 

12,350,000

 

Income tax expense

 

 

Gain on disposal after income tax

 

12,350,000

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flow on disposal

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents in consideration received

 

 

Less cash and cash equivalents disposed of

 

(150,000

)

Reflected in consolidated cash flow statement

 

(150,000

)

 

F-14



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

5. REVENUES AND EXPENSES

 

JUNE 30

 

Notes

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

(a) Other Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Export market development grant

 

 

 

78,186

 

 

 

P3 Grant

 

 

 

1,329,309

 

655,809

 

 

Service agreement income

 

 

 

60,000

 

 

 

Exchange rate benefit

 

 

 

181,122

 

157,917

 

 

Value added tax refund

 

 

 

64

 

1,911

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,648,681

 

815,637

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b) Finance income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank interest received

 

 

 

1,055,093

 

862,096

 

241,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c) Employee benefits expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wages and salaries

 

 

 

(2,922,174

)

(1,837,968

)

(1,927,841

)

Worker’s compensation costs

 

 

 

(12,888

)

(13,005

)

(7,240

)

Expense of share-based payments

 

 

 

(3,364,695

)

(270,553

)

(467,895

)

Superannuation costs

 

 

 

(152,219

)

(93,805

)

(76,755

)

Wages on-costs

 

 

 

(846,639

)

(302,584

)

(230,610

)

 

 

 

 

(7,298,615

)

(2,517,915

)

(2,710,341

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d) Research costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oncology

 

 

 

(9,233,641

)

(4,320,602

)

(3,325,103

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e) Operating lease costs – minimum lease payments

 

 

 

(204,558

)

(80,282

)

(89,698

)

 

F-15



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

6. INCOME TAX

 

A reconciliation of income tax expense applicable to accounting profit before income tax and income tax expense for the years ended June 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

 

JUNE 30

 

Notes

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Accounting loss before income tax

 

 

 

(6,454,468

)

(11,379,415

)

(10,369,719

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax at statutory rates (30% Australia, 34% USA)

 

 

 

(1,936,340

)

(3,465,018

)

(3,265,930

)

Research and development allowance

 

 

 

(117,061

)

(283,829

)

(321,077

)

Internal IP transfer eliminated on consolidation but taxable in USA

 

 

 

 

 

4,580,358

 

Demerger rollover relief provided by ATO ruling

 

 

 

(3,705,000

)

 

 

Non-deductible items-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity based benefits

 

 

 

1,009,409

 

130,943

 

251,837

 

Entertainment expenses

 

 

 

7,281

 

8,979

 

 

Increase in employee entitlements

 

 

 

108,563

 

34,233

 

 

Other differences

 

 

 

45,780

 

(29,381

)

 

Adjustments in respect of current income tax of previous years

 

 

 

(13,211

)

341,691

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,600,579

)

(3,262,382

)

1,245,188

 

Future income tax benefits not recognised/(recognised)

 

 

 

4,566,037

 

3,583,886

 

(1,245,188

)

Income tax expense/(gain) reported in income statement

 

 

 

(34,542

)

321,504

 

 

 

Deferred income tax benefits

 

Future income tax benefit arising from tax losses of the parent and a controlled entity not recognised at reporting date as realisation of the benefit is not regarded as probable.

 

Revenue losses

 

22,028,058

 

17,462,021

 

13,878,135

 

Capital Gains Tax losses

 

436,439

 

436,439

 

436,439

 

 

 

22,464,497

 

17,898,460

 

14,314,574

 

 

This deferred income tax benefit will only be obtained if:

 

(a)                                  future assessable income is derived of a nature and of an amount sufficient to enable the benefit to be realised;

(b)                                 the conditions for deductibility imposed by tax legislation continue to be complied with; and

(c)                                  no changes in tax legislation adversely affect the consolidated entity in realising the benefit.

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

At June 30, 2008 there is no recognised or unrecognised deferred income tax liabilities included (2007: $nil, 2006: $nil).

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

At June 30, 2008 there are unrecognised deferred income tax assets of $209,094 (2007: $145,931, 2006: $nil).

 

Tax consolidation

 

ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited and its then 100% owned Australian resident subsidiary formed a tax consolidated group with effect from July 1, 2003. ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited was the head entity of the tax consolidated group. Members of the group have entered into a tax funding arrangement which provided for the allocation of any carried forward tax losses available at the time of the demerger to be allocated to the head entity. No amounts have been recognised in the financial statements in respect of this agreement on the basis that the possibility of default is remote.

 

F-16



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

7. LOSS PER SHARE

 

Basic loss per share is determined by dividing the loss after income tax by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period.

 

The computation of diluted loss per share is similar to basic loss per share, except that it assumes the potentially dilutive securities, such as share options, were converted to shares as of the beginning of the period. For all periods presented, diluted loss per share is equivalent to basic loss per share as the potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share because the effect is anti-dilutive.

 

The following reflects the income and share data used in the earnings per share computations:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

(6,419,926

)

(11,700,919

)

(10,369,719

)

 

 

 

Number of shares
2008

 

Number of shares
2007

 

Number of shares
2006

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating earnings per share:

 

186,802,718

 

162,281,115

 

117,647,158

 

 

Since the reporting date, and before the completion of these financial statements, the following additional ordinary fully paid shares have been issued- 37,235,343- following shareholder approval at an Extraordinary General Meeting on July 22, 2008, 15,216,153- issued on September 17, 2008 and ratified by shareholders at Annual general Meeting on November 26, 2008, and 150,568- issued under Shareholder Placement Plan on October 13, 2008.

 

There are 53,524,803 share options outstanding at 30 June 2008 that could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future, however were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because they are anti-dilutive.

 

8. DIVIDENDS PAID AND PROPOSED

 

There were no dividends paid or proposed during the year ended June 30, 2008 and there have been no dividends paid or proposed since reporting date and before the completion of these financial statements.

 

F-17



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

9. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at bank and at hand

 

 

 

10,081,629

 

25,366,562

 

15,553,696

 

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of the net profit (loss) after tax to the net cash flows used in operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

(6,419,926

)

(11,700,919

)

(10,369,719

)

Adjustments for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net demerger adjustment

 

 

 

(12,350,000

)

 

 

Depreciation of non-current assets

 

 

 

113,773

 

271,344

 

272,198

 

Interest received

 

5

 

(1,055,093

)

(862,096

)

(241,634

)

Share options expensed

 

5

 

3,364,695

 

436,477

 

839,456

 

Changes in assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

 

 

 

18,000

 

61,011

 

302,516

 

(Increase)/decrease in prepayments

 

 

 

(212,685

)

(291,277

)

91,399

 

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

 

 

 

616,736

 

823,373

 

866,873

 

Increase/(decrease) in provisions

 

 

 

92,852

 

127,480

 

33,754

 

Increase/(decrease) in deferred income

 

 

 

(165,688

)

(19,684

)

(280,461

)

Increase/(decrease) in option premium reserve

 

 

 

(2,445

)

 

 

Net cash flow used in operating activities

 

 

 

(15,999,781

)

(11,154,291

)

(8,485,618

)

 

JUNE 30

 

Notes

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

10. TRADE RECEIVABLES (CURRENT)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade debtors

 

 

 

 

18,000

 

Other debtors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,000

 

 

Terms and conditions

 

(i)                                   Trade debtors are non-interest bearing and generally on 30 day terms.

 

F-18



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

11. CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

 

Country of

 

Percentage of equity interest held by the
consolidated entity

 

Name

 

incorporation

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

Autogen Research Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

 

100

 

ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Inc.

 

USA

 

100

 

100

 

 

12. PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Carrying amount

 

 

 

 

 

Office equipment

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

504,092

 

116,403

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(148,630

)

(75,665

)

 

 

355,462

 

40,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research equipment

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

1,604,036

 

1,604,036

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(1,604,036

)

(1,563,228

)

 

 

 

40,808

 

Total plant and equipment

 

355,462

 

81,546

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

At cost

 

2,108,128

 

1,720,439

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(1,752,666

)

(1,638,893

)

Total net carrying amount

 

355,462

 

81,546

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliations

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of plant and equipment at the beginning and end of the financial year

 

 

 

 

 

Office equipment

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at beginning

 

40,738

 

35,988

 

Additions at cost

 

387,689

 

24,070

 

Depreciation expense

 

(72,965

)

(19,320

)

Carrying amount at end of year

 

355,462

 

40,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research equipment

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at beginning

 

40,808

 

292,832

 

Additions at cost

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

 

(40,808

)

(252,024

)

Carrying amount at the end of year

 

 

40,808

 

 

F-19



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

13. GOODWILL

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Carrying amount

 

 

 

 

 

As cost

 

16,962,561

 

16,962,561

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

(30,811

)

(30,811

)

Net carrying amount

 

16,931,750

 

16,931,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliations of the carrying amount at the beginning and end of the financial year

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at beginning

 

16,931,750

 

16,931,750

 

Additions at cost

 

 

 

Amortisation expense

 

 

 

Carrying amount at end of year

 

16,931,750

 

16,931,750

 

 

Intangible assets and goodwill are based on the intellectual property previously held by ChemGenex Therapeutics Inc. This intellectual property relates to chemical compounds which have not yet received regulatory approval, and therefore a finite life for any products associated with these compounds cannot be determined.

 

As at June 30, 2008 and 2007 these assets were tested for impairment (see note 14 below).

 

No impairment loss was charged for the year ended June 30, 2008 or 2007.

 

14. IMPAIRMENT TESTING OF GOODWILL

 

The goodwill acquired through a business combination of $16.932M relates to one individual cash generating unit, being anti-cancer compounds.

 

The recoverable amount of the anti-cancer compounds have been determined based on a value in use calculation using cash flow projections based on financial budgets, information from scientific journals on the existing incidence of the disease, projections of patients that would be eligible for the proposed treatment and the expected growth figures.

 

The valuation has been based on a cash flow projection covering the remaining term for each relevant patent application, which can exceed 5 years yet does not exceed 20 years. No residual values have been included.

 

Independent valuers (Acuity Technology Management Pty Ltd) were engaged to carry out this valuation and chose to use the discounted cash flow method. They, in co-operation with ChemGenex’s senior management, prepared long term cash flow projections.

 

The Company is currently investing significant funds in research and development, as products move through each phase of required clinical development to achieve regulatory approval in regulated markets. Product development can take several years. Due to the product development timeline, significant sales are forecasted to be earned once products reach certain stages of regulatory approval. Therefore it is appropriate to recognise the potential sales, and expected strong growth in sales, beyond a five year projection. The cash flow model has incorporated projected cash flows from between 5 to 20 years based on the patent life in lieu of using a terminal value to better reflect the nature of the cash flows to be received over the product life cycle. The application of extended cash flow projections beyond five years is consistent with IAS 36.33(b).

 

The calculation of value in use for the anti-cancer compounds is most sensitive to the following assumptions-

 

·                   Availability of patients

 

·                   Discount rate

 

·                   Raw material costs

 

·                   Indirect costs

 

The availability of patients is dependent upon the incidence of the disease (estimated determined from scientific journals) from projections of the likely use of the products (based on the current status of alternative treatments).

 

F-20



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

14. IMPAIRMENT TESTING OF GOODWILL (CONT)

 

Due to the uncertainty associated with cash flow projections for products that have not yet received regulatory approval an implied pre-tax discount rate of approximately 25% has been applied.

 

Raw materials costs used in the projection are based on the latest manufacturing agreement with Stragen which provides exclusive access to omacetaxine at an agreed price for the remainder of the valuation period.

 

Indirect costs have been based on industry standards for companies with pharmaceutical products in the market as cost structures in the company’s current development stage are not deemed to be appropriate.

 

The goodwill relates to the acquisition of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Inc in 2004.  The de-merger of Autogen Research Pty Ltd has not impacted the goodwill balance.  The results of the assessment of the goodwill has not resulted in an impairment loss for the year ended 30 June 2008.

 

F-21



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

15. SHARE BASED PAYMENT PLANS

 

Employee Share Option Scheme

 

An Employee Share Option Plan (ESOP) has been established where ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited may, at the discretion of management, grant options over the ordinary shares of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited to directors, executives and certain contractors who provide consulting services to the Group.

 

The options, issued for nil consideration, are granted in accordance with performance guidelines established by the directors of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited, who retain the final discretion on the issue of the options.  The options cannot be transferred and will not be quoted on the ASX.  Currently 9 directors, 17 employees and 20 scientific consultants hold options issued under the ESOP.

 

On November 27, 2007, 3,077,500 options with fair values ranging from $0.56 to $0.75 were granted over ordinary shares with exercise prices ranging from $0.41 to $0.95. These options all vested by June 30, 2008 and are exercisable until November 26, 2012.

 

On November 28, 2007, 850,000 options with fair values ranging from $0.45 to $0.70 were granted over ordinary shares with exercise prices ranging from $0.41 to $1.22. These options will vest between November 28, 2007 and November 27, 2011 and are exercisable until November 27, 2012.

 

On December 1, 2007, 4,660,000 options with a fair value of $0.51 were granted over ordinary shares with an exercise price of $1.11. These options will vest over four years to November 30, 2011 and are exercisable until November 30, 2012.

 

On March 27, 2008, 3,850,000 options with fair values ranging from $0.35 to $0.37 were granted over ordinary shares with exercise prices ranging from $1.11 to $1.22. These options will vest between March 27, 2008 and March 26, 2012 and are exercisable until March 26, 2013.

 

On June 6, 2008, 1,679,000 options with fair values ranging from $0.46 to $0.53 were granted over ordinary shares with exercise prices ranging from $0.79 to $1.04. These options will vest between June 6, 2008 and November 30, 2011, and are exercisable until November 30, 2012.

 

(During the year ended June 30, 2007, 400,000 options with a fair value of $0.42 were granted over ordinary shares with an exercise price of $0.85, these options vested upon issue and are exercisable until May 7, 2010; a further 600,000 options with a fair value of $0.55 were granted over ordinary shares with an exercise price of $0.50, these options vested upon issue and are exercisable until June 6, 2012).

 

The fair value of the options issued under ESOP are estimated at the date of grant using the Black Scholes Valuation Method. Where the vesting date is dependent upon the achievement of a future price for listed ordinary shares a Monte Carlo Model has been used to estimate the fair value of the options granted and the expected future vesting date. During the year ended June 30, 2008 1,200,000 ESOP options were issued where the vesting date is dependent upon the achievement of a future price for listed ordinary shares. 600,000 of these options will vest when the price for listed ordinary shares reaches $1.25, while the remaining 600,000 shares will vest when the price for listed ordinary shares reaches $1.75.

 

The following table gives the assumptions made in determining fair value of options granted during the year ending June 30, 2008 and 2007.

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Dividend yield (%)

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

Expected volatility (%)

 

55.00

 

70.00

 

70.00

 

Risk-free interest rate (%)

 

6.50

 

5.25

 

5.40

 

Expected life of options (years)

 

5

 

3-5

 

4.1-4.5

 

Option exercise price ($)

 

0.41 to 1.22

 

0.85 and 0.50

 

0.43 and 0.65

 

Share price at grant date ($)

 

0.80 to 1.00

 

0.85 and 0.95

 

0.54 and 0.64

 

 

When calculating the expected life of the options it is assumed the options will not be exercised until the expiry date.

 

The expected volatility rates used reflect the assumption that historical volatility is indicative of future trends and may not necessarily be the actual outcome.

 

Other than the assumptions outlined above no other features of the options granted were incorporated into the measurement of fair value.

 

F-22



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

15. SHARE BASED PAYMENT PLANS (CONT)

 

During the year ended June 30, 2008, 910,000 options were exercised over ordinary shares. The market price for the company’s ordinary fully paid shares at the date these options were exercised was 78 cents (600,000 options) and 53 cents (310,000 options). [2007: 520,000 options were exercised. The market price for the company’s ordinary fully paid shares at the date these options were exercised was 81 cents (20,000 options), 75 cents (100,000 options) and 60 cents (300,000 options)]

 

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP) of share options issued under the ESOP:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

Number

 

WAEP

 

Number

 

WAEP

 

Number

 

WAEP

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

7,359,500

 

$

0.54

 

6,879,500

 

$

0.54

 

5,375,000

 

$

0.50

 

-   granted

 

14,116,500

 

$

1.00

 

1,000,000

 

$

0.64

 

1,544,500

 

$

0.68

 

-   forfeited

 

(145,000

)

$

1.02

 

 

 

(40,000

)

$

0.52

 

-   exercised

 

(910,000

)

$

0.50

 

(520,000

)

$

0.37

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

20,421,000

 

$

0.88

 

7,359,500

 

$

0.54

 

6,879,500

 

$

0.54

 

Exercisable at end of year

 

7,779,500

 

$

0.52

 

5,544,500

 

$

0.53

 

5,264,500

 

$

0.54

 

 

The contractual life for the various ESOP share options outstanding at June 30, 2008 is between 1 year 9 months and 4 years 9 months (2007: between 2 years 9 months and 4 years 11 months, 2006: 3 years and 9 months for all options).

 

F-23



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

15. SHARE BASED PAYMENT PLANS (CONT)

 

Share options issued under ESOP and outstanding at the end of the year have the following exercise prices:

 

Expiry date

 

Exercise price $

 

Outstanding 2008

 

Outstanding 2007

 

Outstanding 2006

 

March 24, 2010

 

1.08

#

300,000

 

400,000

 

400,000

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.83

#

190,000

 

215,000

 

215,000

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.57

#

269,500

 

269,500

 

269,500

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.30

 

 

 

300,000

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.50

 

 

300,000

 

300,000

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.49

#

350,000

 

350,000

 

350,000

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.43

#

3,520,000

 

3,550,000

 

3,770,00

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.36

#

275,000

 

275,000

 

275,000

 

May 7, 2010

 

0.78

#

400,000

 

400,000

 

 

June 27,2010

 

0.68

#

1,000,000

 

1,000,000

 

1,000,000

 

June 6, 2012

 

0.50

 

 

600,000

 

 

November 26, 2012

 

0.95

 

2,262,500

 

 

 

November 26, 2012

 

0.80

 

25,000

 

 

 

November 26, 2012

 

0.63

 

90,000

 

 

 

November 26, 2012

 

0.47

 

100,000

 

 

 

November 26, 2012

 

0.45

 

300,000

 

 

 

November 26, 2012

 

0.41

 

300,000

 

 

 

November 27, 2012

 

1.22

 

600,000

 

 

 

November 27, 2012

 

0.41

 

250,000

 

 

 

November 30, 2012

 

1.11

 

4,660,000

 

 

 

November 30, 2012

 

1.04

 

600,000

 

 

 

November 30, 2012

 

0.92

 

15,000

 

 

 

November 30, 2012

 

0.91

 

500,000

 

 

 

November 30, 2012

 

0.82

 

64,000

 

 

 

November 30, 2012

 

0.79

 

500,000

 

 

 

March 26, 2013

 

1.22

 

2,100,000

 

 

 

March 26, 2013

 

1.16

 

250,000

 

 

 

March 26, 2013

 

1.11

 

1,500,000

 

 

 

 

Note: Exercise prices marked # have been reduced by 7 cents reflecting the demerger capital reduction approved by shareholders at the AGM on November 28, 2007. This reduction does not give rise to an alteration in fair value of the award as at the modification date and therefore no incremental expense in relation to these awards is to be recognised.

 

F-24



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

15. SHARE BASED PAYMENT PLANS  (CONT)

 

Options issued to directors

 

The following table summarises information about options issued to Dr Greg Collier

 

Number of options

 

Grant date

 

Last Vesting date

 

Expiry date

 

Exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

100,000

 

March 24,2000

 

March 24, 2003

 

March 24, 2010

 

1.08

#

100,000

 

March 8, 2001

 

March 8, 2004

 

March, 2010

 

0.83

#

300,000

 

November 28, 2002

 

November 28, 2002

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.50

 

300,000

 

November 21, 2003

 

November 21, 2003

 

December 26, 2006

 

0.30

 

1,000,000

 

June 21, 2004

 

June 21, 2004

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.50

 

1,000,000

 

June 21, 2004

 

June 21, 2006

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.50

 

500,000

 

June 21, 2004

 

June 21, 2007

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.50

 

500,000

 

June 21, 2004

 

June 21, 2008

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.50

 

600,000

 

November 28, 2007

 

November 27, 2011

 

November 27, 2012

 

1.22

 

600,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

March 26, 2012

 

March 26, 2013

 

1.22

 

 

Following shareholder approval 1,200,000 options were issued to Dr G Collier in 2007/2008. 600,000 on November 28, 2007 and 600,000 on March 27, 2008. No options were issued to Dr Collier during the year ended June 30, 2007 or 2006.

 

No options previously issued to Dr Collier were exercised during the year ended June 30, 2008. (2007: 400,000, the market price for the company’s ordinary fully paid share at the date these options were issued was 58 cents for 300,000 and 80 cents for 100,000). (2006: Nil)

 

The following share options issued to Dr Greg Collier remain outstanding at the end of the year -

 

Number of options

 

Grant date

 

Last Vesting date

 

Expiry date

 

Exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

100,000

 

March 24,2000

 

March 24, 2003

 

March 24, 2010

 

1.08

#

100,000

 

March 8, 2001

 

March 8, 2004

 

March, 2010

 

0.83

#

300,000

 

November 28, 2002

 

November 28, 2002

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.43

#

900,000

 

June 21, 2004

 

June 21, 2004

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.43

#

1,000,000

 

June 21, 2004

 

June 21, 2006

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.43

#

500,000

 

June 21, 2004

 

June 21, 2007

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.43

#

500,000

 

June 21, 2004

 

June 21, 2008

 

March 24, 2010

 

0.43

#

600,000

 

November 28, 2007

 

November 27,2011

 

November 27, 2012

 

1.22

 

600,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

March 26, 2012

 

March 26, 2013

 

1.22

 

 

The fair value of the options issued to Dr Collier are estimated at the date of grant using the Black Scholes Valuation Method. The following table gives the assumptions made in determining fair value of these options-

 

Grant Date

 

Dividend
Yield

 

Expected
Volatility

 

Risk-free
Interest rate

 

Expected Life

 

Exercise Price

 

Share Price at
Grant Date

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

(years)

 

$

 

$

 

March, 2000

 

0.0

 

75.00

 

6.06

 

10.00

 

1.15

 

1.75

 

March, 2001

 

0.0

 

75.00

 

6.06

 

9.00

 

0.90

 

1.28

 

November, 2002

 

0.0

 

85.00

 

5.52

 

7.33

 

0.50

 

0.26

 

November, 2003

 

0.0

 

65.00

 

5.77

 

3.0

 

0.30

 

0.53

 

June, 2004

 

0.0

 

65.00

 

5.77

 

5.75

 

0.50

 

0.54

 

November, 2007

 

0.0

 

55.00

 

6.5

 

5

 

1.22

 

0.94

 

March, 2008

 

0.0

 

55.00

 

6.5

 

5

 

1.22

 

0.80

 

 

F-25



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

15. SHARE BASED PAYMENT PLANS (CONT)

 

When calculating the expected life of the options it is assumed the options will not be exercised until the expiry date.

 

The expected volatility rates used reflect the assumption that historical volatility is indicative of future trends and may not necessarily be the actual outcome.

 

The following table summarises information about options issued to Dr Dennis Brown

 

Number of options

 

Grant date

 

Last Vesting date

 

Expiry date

 

Exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

250,000

 

November 28, 2007

 

November 28, 2007

 

November 27, 2012

 

0.41

 

1,500,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

March 26, 2012

 

March 26, 2013

 

1.11

 

 

Following shareholder approval 1,750,000 options were issued to Dr Brown in 2007/2008. 250,000 on November 28, 2007 and 1,500,000 on March 27, 2008. No options were issued to Dr Brown previously.

 

No options issued to Dr Brown have been exercised.

 

The fair value of the options issued to Dr Brown are estimated at the date of grant using the Black Scholes Valuation Method. The following table gives the assumptions made in determining fair value of these options-

 

Grant Date

 

Dividend
Yield

 

Expected
Volatility

 

Risk-free
Interest
rate

 

Expected
Life

 

Exercise
Price

 

Share Price at Grant
Date 

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

(years)

 

$

 

$

 

November, 2007

 

0.0

 

55.00

 

6.5

 

5

 

0.41

 

0.94

 

March, 2008

 

0.0

 

55.00

 

6.5

 

5

 

1.11

 

0.80

 

 

When calculating the expected life of the options it is assumed the options will not be exercised until the expiry date.

 

The expected volatility rates used reflect the assumption that historical volatility is indicative of future trends and may not necessarily be the actual outcome.

 

The following table summarises information about options issued to Dr Julie Cherrington

 

Number of options

 

Grant date

 

Last Vesting date

 

Expiry date

 

Exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

250,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

March 26, 2011

 

March 26, 2013

 

1.16

 

 

Following shareholder approval 250,000 options were issued to Dr Cherrington on March 27, 2008. No options were issued to Dr Cherrington previously.

 

No options issued to Dr Cherrington have been exercised.

 

The fair value of the options issued to Dr Cherrington are estimated at the date of grant using the Black Scholes Valuation Method. The following table gives the assumptions made in determining fair value of these options-

 

Grant Date

 

Dividend
Yield

 

Expected
Volatility

 

Risk-free
Interest
rate 

 

Expected
Life

 

Exercise
Price

 

Share Price at Grant
Date

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

(years)

 

$

 

$

 

March, 2008

 

0.0

 

55.00

 

6.5

 

5

 

1.16

 

0.80

 

 

When calculating the expected life of the options it is assumed the options will not be exercised until the expiry date.

 

The expected volatility rates used reflect the assumption that historical volatility is indicative of future trends and may not necessarily be the actual outcome.

 

F-26



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

15. SHARE BASED PAYMENT PLANS  (CONT)

 

The following table summarises information about options issued to each of Mr Brett Heading, Mr Elmar Schnee, Mr Dan Janney, Dr Geoff Brook, Dr George Morstyn and Mr Don Santel

 

Number of options

 

Grant date

 

Last Vesting date

 

Expiry date

 

Exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

250,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

March 26, 2010

 

March 26, 2013

 

1.22

 

 

Following shareholder approval 250,000 options each were issued to Mr Heading, Mr Schnee, Mr Janney, Dr Brook, Dr Morstyn and Mr Santel on March 27, 2008. No options were issued to Mr Heading, Mr Schnee, Mr Janney, Dr Brook, Dr Morstyn or Mr Santel previously.

 

None of these options have been exercised.

 

The fair value of the options issued are estimated at the date of grant using the Black Scholes Valuation Method. The following table gives the assumptions made in determining fair value of these options-

 

Grant Date

 

Dividend
Yield

 

Expected
Volatility

 

Risk-free
Interest
rate

 

Expected
Life

 

Exercise
Price 

 

Share Price at Grant
Date

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

(years)

 

$

 

$

 

March, 2008

 

0.0

 

55.00

 

6.5

 

5

 

1.22

 

0.80

 

 

When calculating the expected life of the options it is assumed the options will not be exercised until the expiry date.

 

The expected volatility rates used reflect the assumption that historical volatility is indicative of future trends and may not necessarily be the actual outcome.

 

During the year ended June 30, 2008 a total of $3,364,695 was recognised in the Income Statement as share based expenditure (2007: $436,477. 2006: $839,456.)

 

16. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

 

JUNE 30

 

Notes

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Trade creditors and accruals

 

 

 

3,061,974

 

2,445,238

 

 

 

 

 

3,061,974

 

2,445,238

 

 

Trade payables are non-interest bearing and are normally settled on 30 day terms.

 

As at June 30, 2008 the amount owing to related parties and included in Trade and other payables was $Nil (2007: $4,494).

 

Refer to Note 24 for Related Party Disclosures.

 

17. EMPLOYEE ENTITLEMENTS

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for annual leave

 

302,510

 

231,284

 

Non - Current

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for long service leave

 

70,927

 

33,222

 

 

 

373,437

 

264,506

 

 

 

F-27



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

18. ISSUED CAPITAL AND RESERVES

 

 

 

Number of
shares

 

Number of
shares

 

Number of
shares

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued and fully paid

 

187,112,274

 

185,847,331

 

151,362,786

 

108,999,144

 

120,773,060

 

99,892,615

 

 

Movements in shares on issue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of the financial year

 

185,847,331

 

151,362,786

 

114,979,616

 

120,773,060

 

99,892,615

 

84,592,891

 

Issued during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-Shares issued for cash

 

1,264,943

 

34,484,545

 

36,565,170

 

726,084

 

21,260,131

 

15,723,021

 

-less cost of share issues

 

 

 

 

 

(379,686

)

(423,297

)

Capital reduction by in specie distribution

 

 

 

 

(12,500,000

)

 

 

End of the financial year

 

187,112,274

 

185,847,331

 

151,362,786

 

108,999,144

 

120,773,060

 

99,892,615

 

 

In May 2006 Chemgenex Pharmaceuticals Limited announced a programme of share issues to provide working capital and to continue the company’s ongoing research activities-

 

·                   On May 18, 2006 16,700,000 ordinary shares were issued at 43 cents each raising $7,181,000.  This issue was ratified by an Extraordinary General Meeting of shareholders held on June 16, 2006.

 

·                   On June 1, 2006 1,665,170 ordinary shares were issued at 43 cents raising $716,021 under a Share Placement Programme offered to all shareholders.

 

·                   On June 16, 2006 18,200,000 ordinary shares were issued at 43 cents per share raising $7,826,000 following approval by an Extraordinary General Meeting of shareholders held on June 16, 2006.

 

On December 21, 2006 the company issued 300,000 ordinary shares at an issue price of $0.30 each raising $90,000 upon the exercise of 300,000 options issued after approved at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held on November 21, 2003.

 

In February 2007 ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited announced a programme of share issues to provide working capital and to continue the company’s ongoing research activities-

 

·                   On February 8, 2007 17,056,377 ordinary shares were issued at 62 cents each raising $10,574,954.  In accordance with ASX Listing Rules this issue was ratified at the 2007 Annual General Meeting of shareholders.

 

·                   On April 3, 2007 16,891,916 ordinary shares were issued at 62 cents raising $10,472,988 under a 1:10 Rights Issue offered to all eligible shareholders by prospectus dated February 26, 2007.

 

On February 8, 2007 (200,000) and April 24, 2007 (20,000) a total of 220,000 ordinary shares at an issue price of $0.50 each raising $110,000 upon the exercise of 220,000 previously issued unlisted options.

 

On April 24, 2007 (1,778), May 17, 2007 (6,290) and June 27, 2007 (6,138) a total of 16,252 ordinary shares at an issue price of 75 cents each raising $12,189 upon the exercise of CXSOA listed options issued as part of the 1:10 Rights Issue prospectus.

 

On July 17, 2007 (300,000) September 24, 2007 (600,000) and December 3, 2007 (10,000) a total of 910,000 ordinary shares at an issue price of $0.50 each raising $455,000 upon the exercise of 910,000 previously issued unlisted options.

 

On July 17, 2007 (4,233), September 7, 2007 (3,341) November 8, 2007 (1,031) December 3, 2007 ( 80,686) and December 5, 2007 (260,586) a total of 349,877 ordinary shares at an issue price of 75 cents each raising $262,408 upon the exercise of CXSOA listed options. On March 27, 2008 177 ordinary shares at an issue price of 68 cents each raising $120 upon the exercise of CXSOA listed options following the reduction in exercise price for these options approved at the November 27, 2007 AGM.

 

On December 3, 2007 (4,734) and December 5, 2007 (126) a total of 4,860 ordinary shares at an issue price of $1.25 each raising $6,075 upon the exercise of CXSO listed options. On March 27, 2008 29 ordinary shares at an issue price of $1.18 cents each raising $24 upon the exercise of CXSO listed options following the reduction in exercise price for these options approved at the November 27, 2007 AGM. The issue of these shares resulted in the transfer of $2,445 from the Option Premium Reserve to Issued Capital.

 

F-28



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

18. ISSUED CAPITAL AND RESERVES (CONT)

 

On December 13, 2007 the company reduced the value of Issued Capital by $12,500,000 following approval of an In Specie Distribution to shareholders approved at the AGM on November 28, 2007.

 

Ordinary shares have the right to receive dividends as declared and, in the event of winding up the company, to participate in the proceeds from the sale of all surplus assets in proportion to the number of and amounts paid up on shares held.

 

Ordinary shares entitle their holders to one vote per share, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting of the company.

 

Share Options

 

(i)Listed options

 

At June 30, 2008 there were 22,153,637 (2007: 22,158,526) unissued ordinary shares for which options were outstanding exercisable at $1.18 per share (2007: $1.25) expiring March 12, 2010. These options are listed under code CXSO on the ASX. The exercise price for these options was reduced by 7 cents as part of the In Specie Distribution approved at the AGM on November 28, 2007.

 

At June 30, 2008 there were 10,950,166 (2007: 11,300,220) unissued ordinary shares for which options were outstanding exercisable at $0.68 per (2007: $0.75) share expiring February 8, 2012. These options are listed under code CXSOA on the ASX. The exercise price for these options was reduced by 7 cents as part of the In Specie Distribution approved at the AGM on November 28, 2007.

 

 (ii)Unlisted Options

 

Directors, employees and consultants of the company and its controlled entities are eligible to receive options under the Employee Share Option Plan (“ESOP”).

 

Any ESOP options to be issued to directors of the company must be approved by shareholders at a General Meeting.

 

During the financial year shareholders approved the issue of 850,000 ESOP options to directors was approved at the AGM on November 28, 2007 and the issue of 3,850,000 ESOP options to directors was approved at the EGM on March 26, 2008.

 

Previous issues of ESOP options to directors have been approved by resolutions passed by shareholders on November 28, 2002 (300,000 options) November 21, 2003 (300,000 options) and June 21, 2004 (3,000,000 options).

 

During the financial year a total of 14,116,500 ESOP options were issued over ordinary shares to directors, employees and consultants as set out in Note 15 (2007: 1,000,000).

 

During the financial year 910,000 options previously issued under ESOP were exercised (2007: 120,000).

 

During the financial year 145,000 options previously under ESOP lapsed or were cancelled (2007: Nil).

 

At the end of the year there were 20,421,000 (2007:7,359,500) unissued ordinary shares in respect of which ESOP options were outstanding.

 

F-29



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

18. ISSUED CAPITAL AND RESERVES (CONT)

 

JUNE 30

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Other reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option premium

 

10,864,433

 

10,866,878

 

Equity benefits reserve

 

5,069,590

 

1,704,895

 

Foreign exchange translation reserve

 

(1,279,954

)

(751,314

)

 

 

14,654,069

 

11,820,459

 

Option premium reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nature and purpose of reserve

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts contributed for the future right to acquire shares at a pre-determined price. The reserve can be used to pay dividends or issue bonus shares.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movements in reserve

 

(2,445

)

 

Balance at end of year

 

10,864,433

 

10,866,878

 

Equity benefits reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nature and purpose of reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The equity benefits reserve is used to record the value of equity based benefits provided as remuneration under the ESOP (see note 15) or to pay for services provided by third parties in lieu of cash.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movements in reserve

 

3,364,695

 

436,477

 

Balance at end of year

 

5,069,590

 

1,704,895

 

Foreign exchange translation reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nature and purpose of reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The foreign exchange translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising when the assets and liabilities of the overseas subsidiary are translated into the presentation currency of the Parent at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date and the income statement is translated at the weighted average exchange rates for the period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movements in reserve

 

(528,640

)

(751,314

)

Balance at end of year

 

(1,279,954

)

(751,314

)

 

F-30



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

19. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

 

The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise receivables, payables, cash and bank deposits and cash equivalents.

 

The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks, including interest rate and currency risk in accordance with the Group’s financial risk management policy. The objective of the policy is to support the delivery of the group’s financial targets whilst protecting future financial security.

 

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group uses different methods to measure and manage different types of risks to which it is exposed. These include monitoring levels of exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange risk and assessments of market forecasts for interest rate and foreign exchange. Aging analyses and monitoring of specific credit allowances are undertaken to manage credit risk, liquidity risk is monitored through the development of future rolling cash flow forecasts.

 

Primary responsibility for identification and control of financial risks rests with the Chief Financial Officer under the authority of the Chief Executive Officer and the Board. The Board considers proposals for managing each of the risks identified below, including the setting of limits for hedging cover of foreign currency and interest rate risk, credit allowances and future cash flow forecast projections.

 

Risk Exposures and Responses

 

(a) Interest rate risk

 

The Group’s exposure to market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s cash holdings.

 

The level of cash is disclosed in note 9.

 

At balance date the Group had the following financial assets exposed to variable interest rate risk that are not designated in cash flow hedges

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Financial Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

10,081,629

 

25,366,562

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities

 

 

 

Net Exposure

 

10,081,629

 

25,366,562

 

 

The Group constantly analyses its interest rate exposure. Within this analysis consideration is given to a mix of fixed and variable interest arrangements.

 

The following sensitivity analysis is based on the interest rate risk exposure at the balance sheet date.

 

At June 30, 2008, if interest rates had moved, as illustrated in the table below, with all other variables held constant, post tax profit and equity would have been affected as follows:

 

Judgements of reasonably

 

Post Tax Profit
Higher/(Lower)

 

Equity
Higher/(Lower)

 

possible movements

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

+1% (100 basis points)

 

175,849

 

143,682

 

40,272

 

175,849

 

143,682

 

40,272

 

-.5% (50 basis points)

 

(87,924

)

(71,841

)

(20,136

)

(87,924

)

(71,841

)

(20,136

)

 

The movements in profit and equity are due to higher/lower interest income from variable rate cash balances.

 

F-31



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

19. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONT)

 

(b) Foreign currency risk

 

As a result of significant operations in the United States of America the Group’s balance sheet can be affected by movements in the US$/AUD exchange rate.

 

Approximately 66% of the Group’s expenditure is denominated in US$, while the Group’s functional currency is AUD.

 

It is the Group’s policy to monitor currency exposures, and to take forward cover, when appropriate, to minimise exposure.

 

There were no forward currency contracts in place as at June 30, 2008. (2007: Nil)

 

At balance date the Group had the following exposure to US$ currency not protected by hedging cover .

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Financial Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

(328,523

)

(372,143

)

Net Exposure

 

(328,523

)

(372,143

)

 

The Group constantly analyses its foreign currency exposure. The following sensitivity analysis is based on the foreign currency exposure at the balance sheet date.

 

At June 30, 2008, if the Australian Dollar had moved, as illustrated in the table below, with all other variables held constant, post tax profit and equity would have been affected as follows:

 

 

 

Post Tax Profit
Higher/(Lower)

 

Equity
Higher/(Lower)

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AUD/US$+10%

 

636,929

 

334,599

 

632,993

 

89,997

 

52,013

 

96,344

 

AUD/US$-5%

 

(368,749

)

(193,715

)

(366,469

)

(53,365

)

(30,113

)

(154,467

)

 

The movements in profit and equity in 2008 are more sensitive due to reduction in US$ cash balances on hand and the increase in US$ payables.

 

Management believe the balance date risk exposures are representative of the risk exposure inherent in the financial instruments.

 

(c) Credit risk

 

As at June 30, 2008 the Group had no Trade and other receivables (2007: $18,000).

 

The Group’s cash assets are held in various bank accounts.

 

The Group’s exposure to credit risk is minimal.

 

(d) Liquidity risk

 

The Group’s objective is to maintain continuity of funding. As noted in Note 2(b) the Group is currently investigating alternative capital raising opportunities.

 

F-32



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

19. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONT)

 

Maturity analysis of financial assets and liabilities based on management’s expectation.

 

The risk implied from the values shown in the table below, reflects a balanced view of available cash and outflows recognised at June 30, 2008. These assets are considered in the Group’s overall liquidity risk.

 

Year ended June 30,

 

<6

 

6-12

 

1-5

 

>5

 

 

 

2008

 

months

 

months

 

Years

 

years

 

Total

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash & cash equivalents

 

10,081,629

 

 

 

 

10,081,629

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade & other payables

 

(3,061,974

)

 

 

 

(3,061,974

)

Net Maturity

 

7,019,655

 

 

 

 

7,019,655

 

 

Net fair values

 

Recognised financial Instruments

 

Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amount approximates fair value.

 

Trade receivables: The carrying amount approximates fair value.

 

Trade payables: The carrying amount approximates fair value.

 

20. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

The Group has nil contingent liabilities as at June 30, 2008 and 2007, and nil contingent liabilities have arisen during the period to the date of this report.

 

The Group had commercialisation and licensing agreements with research partners that may have created an obligation to pay royalties, upon successful commercialisation of discovery targets, in the future. The possible value of these contingent liabilities had never been quantified as no sales had been made. The relevant commercialisation and licensing agreements were transferred to Verva Pharmaceuticals Limited as part of the demerger in December 2007 and any such contingent liabilities no longer apply to the Group.

 

21. MATTERS SUBSEQUENT TO THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR

 

On July 23, 2008, following shareholder approval at an Extraordinary General Meeting held on July 22, 2008, the Company issued 37,235,343 ordinary fully paid shares to Stragen International N.V. The shares were issued as a condition to an Intellectual Property Assignment Deed under which the Company obtained full commercial control of omacetaxine mepesuccinate (formerly known as Ceflatonin) in Europe.

 

On August 5, 2008 Mr Jean-Luc Tétard, President of Stragen Pharma SA, became a director of the Company.

 

On September 17, 2008 the Company announced the placement of 15,216,153 ordinary fully paid shares at 85 cents each, raising a total of $12,933,730.These funds will be applied to the continued clinical trial program for omacetaxine.

 

On October 13, 2008 the Company announced that 150,568 shares had been issued under a Share Placement Programme to existing shareholders on the same terms as the issue on September 17, 2008. These issues brought the total fully paid ordinary shares issued by Company to 239,714,338.

 

F-33



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

22. COMMITMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED

 

JUNE 30

 

Notes

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)  Research expenditure commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated research expenditure contracted for at reporting date, but not provided for, payable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—not later than one year

 

 

 

3,542,428

 

5,097,818

 

—later than one year and not later than five years

 

 

 

3,101,867

 

1,130,354

 

A former Controlled Entity, Autogen Research Pty Ltd had agreed to provide certain monies for research projects covering areas of diabetes, obesity, autoimmune disorders and depression and anxiety with the object of long term commercialisation. Research agreements were undertaken with Deakin University, Southwest Foundation and The International Diabetes Institute.

 

Following the demerger of the metabolic syndrome research operations in December 2007 these commitments no longer remain with the Group.

 

A Controlled Entity, ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Inc. has appointed Premier Research, Medpace and Xerimis to undertake research activities associated with the Omacetaxine Stage 2/3 Clinical Trials for CML patients. Patients recruited for Clinical Trials are guaranteed a level of treatment beyond the trial period. Commitments for later than one year and less than five years are based estimates of patient numbers and future treatments required.

 

 

 

 

(1,341,900

)

 

 

 

 

6,644,295

 

4,886,272

 

(b) Property lease commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. leases office and research space in Menlo Park, California, under two different lease agreement which terminate on October 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

 

ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited leases office space in Geelong, Victoria under a lease agreement that expires on December 31, 2012.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- not later than one year

 

 

 

168,719

 

29,903

 

- later than one year and not later than 5 years

 

 

 

271,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

440,015

 

29,903

 

 

F-34



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

23. DIRECTOR AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES

 

(a) Details of Directors and Key Management personnel

 

(i) Non- Executive Directors

 

J.B.L. Heading

Chairman (non-executive)

E.J. Schnee

Director (non-executive)

Dr. G.E.D. Brooke

Director (non-executive)

D.S. Janney

Director (non-executive)

Dr. G Morstyn

Director (non-executive)

D. Santel

Director (non-executive) (Appointed December 6, 2007)

Dr. J. Cherrington

Director (non-executive) (Appointed January 7, 2008)

 

(ii) Executive directors

 

Dr. G.R. Collier

Director and Chief Executive Officer

Dr. D.M. Brown

Director (executive) and President

 

(iii) Key Management

 

Dr. J. Campbell

Vice President of Operations

E. Merrigan

Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

Dr. A. Craig

Chief Medical Officer

T. Herbert

Senior Director of Finance

E. Humphriss

Senior Director of Clinical Affairs

L. Staiger

Vice President of Regulatory Affairs

T. Trapp

Senior Director of Manufacturing

P. Lynch

Associate Director of Medical Affairs

 

(b) Remuneration policy

 

The Board of Directors is responsible for determining and reviewing compensation arrangements for the directors, the chief executive officer and the executive team. On June 8, 2006 the Board established a Remuneration Committee to review all compensation arrangements, under the direction of the Board, and to make recommendation to the Board on these matters.

 

The remuneration committee met three times during the year ended June 30, 2008 (seven times in 2006/2007).

 

In accordance with best practice corporate governance, the structure of non-executive director and senior manager remuneration is separate and distinct.

 

Non-executive director remuneration

 

Objective

 

The Board seeks to set aggregate remuneration at a level which provides the company with the ability to attract and retain directors of the highest calibre, whilst incurring a cost which is acceptable to shareholders .

 

Structure

 

The Constitution and the ASX Listing Rules specify that the aggregate remuneration of non-executive directors shall be determined from time to time by a general meeting.  An amount not exceeding the amount determined is then divided between the directors as agreed.

 

The amount of aggregate remuneration sought to be approved by shareholders and the manner in which it is apportioned amongst directors is reviewed annually.  The board considers the fees paid to non-executive directors of comparable companies when undertaking the annual review process.

 

Each non-executive director receives a fee for being a director of the company.

 

F-35



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

23. DIRECTOR AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES (CONT)

 

Remuneration of Key Management personnel

 

Objective

 

The company aims to reward executives with a level and mix of remuneration commensurate with their position and responsibilities within the company and so as to:-

 

·                   reward executives for company performance against target;

·                   align the interests of executives with those of shareholders;

·                   link reward with the strategic goals and performance of the company; and

·                   ensure total remuneration is competitive by market standards.

 

Structure

 

The Board of Directors of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited, through the Remuneration Committee, is responsible for determining and reviewing compensation arrangements for the directors, the chief executive officer and the executive team.  In accordance with best practice corporate governance, the structure of non-executive director and senior manager remuneration is separate and distinct. The Board seeks to set aggregate remuneration at a level which provides the company with the ability to attract and retain directors of the highest calibre, whilst incurring a cost which is acceptable to shareholders.

 

The Board assesses the appropriateness of the nature and amount of emoluments of senior management (the Chief Executive Officer and executives who report to the Chief Executive Officer) on a periodic basis by reference to relevant employment market conditions with the overall objective of ensuring maximum stakeholder benefit from the retention of a high quality executive team.  Senior management are given the opportunity to receive their base emolument in a variety of forms including cash and fringe benefits such as motor vehicles and expense payment plans.  It is intended that the manner of payment chosen will be optimal for the recipient without creating undue cost for the company.

 

To assist in achieving these objectives, the Board links the nature and amount of executive directors’ and officers’ emoluments to the company’s financial and operational performance.  All senior executives have the opportunity to qualify for participation in the Employee Option Plan which currently provides incentives where specified criteria are met including criteria relating to profitability, cash flow, share price growth and environmental performance.  These options will vest according to length of service to the Company, with 50% of options granted based on the performance conditions applicable to each employee. Details regarding the issue of share options under this plan are provided in note 15 to the financial statements.

 

The Company’s current remuneration policies provide some degree of linkage between an Executive’s performance-based remuneration and the overall financial performance of the Company. However, given the stage of development of the Company, the remuneration is aimed at retaining key individuals to ensure the success of product development, which will in turn impact the future overall profitability of the Company and shareholder wealth.

 

Contracts for senior executives, excluding the Chief Executive Officer, provide for bonuses of  between 10% and 40% of base salary to be payable each year, subject to achievement of agreed performance objectives. A total of $303,255 has been accrued in the 2008 Financial Statements for potential bonus payments for contracts which do not expire this financial year.

 

Cash bonuses included in the Compensation for Key Management Personnel relate to “Sign On” bonuses paid to executives upon starting employment with the Group. These payments were not related to performance objectives.

 

F-36



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

23. DIRECTOR AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES (CONT)

 

(c) Compensation for Key Management personnel

 

 

 

Salary & Fees

 

Cash Bonus

 

Non-Monetary
Benefits

 

Superannuation

 

Options

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Non-executive directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J.B.L. Heading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

70,850

 

 

 

 

46,200

 

117,050

 

2007

 

70,849

 

 

 

 

 

70,849

 

E.J. Schnee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

54,500

 

 

 

 

46,200

 

100,700

 

2007

 

54,500

 

 

 

 

 

54,500

 

P. Burns

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

22,708

 

 

 

 

 

22,708

 

2007

 

54,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54,500

 

Dr. G.E.D. Brooke

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

54,500

 

 

 

 

46,200

 

100,700

 

2007

 

22,708

 

 

 

 

 

22,708

 

D.S. Janney

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

54,500

 

 

 

 

46,200

 

100,700

 

2007

 

22,708

 

 

 

 

 

22,708

 

Dr. G Morstyn

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

50,000

 

 

 

4,500

 

46,200

 

100,700

 

2007

 

4,167

 

 

 

375

 

 

4,542

 

D. Santel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

38,150

 

 

 

 

46,200

 

84,350

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. J. Cherrington

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

27,250

 

 

 

 

47,520

 

74,770

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. G. R. Collier

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

355,008

 

 

34,815

 

54,000

 

162,205

 

606,028

 

2007

 

383,764

 

 

20,203

 

28,355

 

101,016

 

533,338

 

Dr. D.M. Brown

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

306,085

 

 

33,489

 

 

273,710

 

613,284

 

2007

 

317,864

 

 

39,831

 

 

 

357,695

 

Key Management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. J. Campbell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

202,899

 

 

 

40,532

 

407,940

 

651,371

 

2007

 

179,663

 

 

 

16,170

 

 

195,833

 

E. Merrigan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

105,000

 

 

 

45,833

 

305,420

 

456,253

 

2007

 

108,750

 

 

 

32,700

 

 

141,450

 

Dr. A. Craig

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

274,084

 

83,477

 

18,144

 

 

1,194,5800

 

1,570,285

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

T. Herbert

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

211,348

 

 

14,447

 

 

174,480

 

400,275

 

2007

 

209,790

 

 

16,058

 

 

 

225,848

 

E. Humphriss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

230,952

 

 

17,860

 

 

136,870

 

385,682

 

2007

 

101,399

 

 

12,202

 

 

 

113,601

 

L. Staiger

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

73,459

 

 

5,908

 

 

14,920

 

94,287

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

T.Trapp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

88,654

 

11,130

 

10,211

 

 

60,030

 

170,025

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

P. Lynch

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

73,011

 

 

12,387

 

 

10,360

 

95,758

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total 2008

 

2,292,958

 

94,607

 

147,261

 

144,865

 

3,065,235

 

5,744,926

 

Total 2007

 

1,530,662

 

 

88,294

 

77,600

 

101,016

 

1,797,572

 

 

F-37



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

23. DIRECTOR AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES (CONT)

 

(d) ESOP options granted as equity compensation

 

ESOP options granted as equity compensation benefits to key management personnel during the financial year are disclosed below.

 

The options were issued free of charge.  Each option entitles the holder to subscribe for one fully paid ordinary share in the entity at exercise prices set out in the table below.

 

The options may only be exercised after the first exercise date and before the expiry date as set out in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Terms & Conditions for Each Grant

 

 

 

Vested
Number

 

Granted
Number

 

Grant date

 

Fair Value
per option at
grant date

 

Exercise
Price per
share

 

First Exercise
Date

 

Expiry Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($)

 

($)

 

 

 

 

 

2007/2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B. Heading

 

100,000

 

250,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

0.35

 

1.22

 

27/3/2008

 

26/3/2013

 

E. Schnee

 

100,000

 

250,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

0.35

 

1.22

 

27/3/2008

 

26/3/2013

 

D. Janney

 

100,000

 

250,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

0.35

 

1.22

 

27/3/2008

 

26/3/2013

 

Dr. G. Brooke

 

100.000

 

250,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

0.35

 

1.22

 

27/3/2008

 

26/3/2013

 

Dr. G. Morstyn

 

100,000

 

250,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

0.35

 

1.22

 

27/3/2008

 

26/3/2013

 

D. Santel

 

100,000

 

250,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

0.35

 

1.22

 

27/3/2008

 

26/3/2013

 

Dr. J. Cherrington

 

100,000

 

250,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

0.36

 

1.16

 

27/3/2008

 

26/3/2013

 

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. G. Collier

 

 

600,000

 

November 28, 2007

 

0.45

 

1.22

 

27/11/2008

 

27/11/2012

 

 

 

 

 

600,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

0.35

 

1.22

 

26/3/2009

 

26/3/2013

 

Dr. D. Brown

 

250,000

 

250,000

 

November 28, 2007

 

0.70

 

0.41

 

28/11/2007

 

27/11/2012

 

 

 

 

 

1,500,000

 

March 27, 2008

 

0.37

 

1.11

 

26/3/2009

 

26/3/2013

 

Key Management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. J. Campbell

 

300,000

 

300,000

 

November 27, 2007

 

0.74

 

0.45

 

27/11/2007

 

26/11/2012

 

 

 

 

 

1,200,000

 

December 1, 2007

 

0.51

 

1.11

 

1/12/2008

 

30/11/2012

 

E. Merrigan

 

100,000

 

100,000

 

November 27, 2007

 

0.73

 

0.47

 

27/11/2007

 

26/11/2012

 

 

 

 

 

1,500,000

 

December 1, 2007

 

0.51

 

1.11

 

1/12/2008

 

30/11/2012

 

Dr. A Craig

 

 

2,262,500

 

November 27, 2007

 

0.61

 

0.95

 

30/6/2009

 

26/11/2012

 

T. Herbert

 

150,000

 

150,000

 

November 27, 2007

 

0.75

 

0.41

 

27/11/2007

 

26/11/2012

 

 

 

 

 

400,000

 

December 1, 2007

 

0.51

 

1.11

 

1/12/2008

 

30/11/2012

 

E. Humphriss

 

90,000

 

90,000

 

November 27, 2007

 

0.66

 

0.63

 

27/11/2007

 

26/11/2012

 

 

 

 

 

500,000

 

December 1, 2007

 

0.51

 

1.11

 

1/12/2008

 

30/11/2012

 

L. Staiger

 

 

500,000

 

June 6, 2008

 

0.53

 

0.79

 

1/12/2008

 

30/11/2012

 

T. Trapp

 

100,000

 

500,000

 

June 6, 2008

 

0.49

 

0.91

 

1/12/2008

 

30/11/2012

 

P. Lynch

 

 

400,000

 

June 6, 2008

 

0.46

 

1.04

 

1/12/2008

 

30/11/2012

 

 

2006/2007

 

Non-executive Directors, Executive Directors and Key Management : Nil

 

F-38



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

23. DIRECTOR AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES (CONT)

 

(e)  Options granted during the year

 

 

 

Value of options
granted during the year

 

Value of options
exercised during the
year

 

Value of options lapsed
during the year

 

Remuneration
consisting of
options for the year

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

%

 

Non- executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J.B.L. Heading

 

87,500

 

 

 

39.5

 

E.J. Schnee

 

87,500

 

 

 

45.9

 

P. Burns

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. G.E.D. Brooke

 

87,500

 

 

 

45.9

 

D.S. Janney

 

87,500

 

 

 

45.9

 

Dr. G. Morstyn

 

87,500

 

 

 

45.9

 

D. Santel

 

87,500

 

 

 

54.8

 

Dr. J. Cherrington

 

90,000

 

 

 

63.6

 

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. G.R. Collier

 

480,000

 

 

 

26.8

 

Dr. D.M. Brown

 

730,000

 

 

 

44.6

 

Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. J. Campbell

 

834,000

 

 

 

62.6

 

E. Merrigan

 

838,000

 

 

 

66.9

 

Dr. A. Craig

 

1,357,000

 

 

 

76.1

 

T. Herbert

 

316,500

 

 

 

43.6

 

E. Humphriss

 

314,400

 

 

 

35.5

 

L. Staiger

 

265,000

 

 

 

15.8

 

T. Trapp

 

245,000

 

 

 

35.3

 

P. Lynch

 

184,000

 

 

 

10.8

 

Total

 

6,178,900

 

 

 

 

 

For details on the valuation of the options, including models and assumptions used, please refer to note 15.

 

There were no alterations to the terms and conditions of options granted as remuneration since their grant date.

 

There were no forfeitures during the period.

 

There were no shares issued on the exercise of compensation options during the period.

 

(f) Shares issued on exercise of remuneration options

 

No shares were issued to Non-executive Directors, Executive Directors or Key Management on the exercise of options in 2008.

 

400,000 shares were issued to either Greg Collier or related parties of Greg Collier on the exercise of remuneration options in 2007.

 

(g) Employment contracts

 

The CEO, Dr Greg Collier, is employed under contract.  The current employment contract commenced on July 1, 2007 and terminates on June 30, 2012, at which time the company may choose to commence negotiation to enter into a new employment contract with Dr Collier.  Under the terms of the present contract:-

 

·                   Dr Collier may resign from his position and thus terminate this contract by giving 6 months written notice.

 

·                   The company may terminate this employment agreement by providing 6 months written notice or provide payment in lieu of the notice period.

 

·                   The company may terminate the contract at any time without notice if serious misconduct has occurred.  Where termination with cause occurs the CEO is only entitled to remuneration up to the date of termination.

 

All other executives are employed under contracts which have a term of 12 months and provide for termination, by either party, with notice periods between 2 and 4 months. These contracts provide for bonuses of between 10% to 40% of the base salary to be payable each year, subject to achievement of agreed performance objectives. The performance objectives for each executive are approved as part of the contract renewal process each year and bonus payments are subject to approval by the Board, Remuneration Committee or Chief Executive Officer as is appropriate for each contract.

 

F-39



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

23. DIRECTOR AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES (CONT)

 

(h) Option holdings

 

 

 

Balance at
beginning

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at
end of

 

Vested at June 30, 2008

 

June 30, 2008

 

of period
July 1, 2007

 

Granted as
Remuneration

 

Options
Exercised

 

Net Change
Other

 

period
June 30, 2008

 

Total

 

Not
exercisable

 

Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

#

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non- executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J.B.L. Heading

 

3,333

 

250,000

 

 

 

253,333

 

103,333

 

 

103,333

 

E.J. Schnee

 

4,439,308

 

250,000

 

 

 

4,689,308

 

4,539,308

 

 

4,539,308

 

Dr. G.E.D. Brooke

 

2,736,065

 

250,000

 

 

 

2,986,065

 

2,836,065

 

 

2,836,065

 

D.S. Janney

 

6,088,053

 

250,000

 

 

 

6,338,053

 

6,188,053

 

 

6,188,053

 

Dr. G. Morstyn

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

250,000

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

 

D. Santel

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

250,000

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

 

Dr. J. Cherrington

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

250,000

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

 

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. G.R. Collier

 

3,400,000

 

1,200,000

 

 

 

4,600,000

 

2,900,000

 

200,000

 

2,700,000

 

Dr. D.M. Brown

 

 

1,750,000

 

 

 

1,750,000

 

250,000

 

 

250,000

 

Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. J. Campbell

 

385,167

 

1,500,000

 

 

 

1,885,167

 

685,167

 

 

685,167

 

E. Merrigan

 

101,667

 

1,600,000

 

 

 

1,701,667

 

201,667

 

 

201,667

 

Dr. A. Craig

 

 

2,262,500

 

 

 

2,262,500

 

 

 

 

T. Herbert

 

 

550,000

 

 

 

550,000

 

150,000

 

 

150,000

 

E. Humphriss

 

 

590,000

 

 

 

590,000

 

90,000

 

 

90,000

 

L. Staiger

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

 

T. Trapp

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

500,000

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

 

P. Lynch

 

 

400,000

 

 

 

400,000

 

 

 

 

Total

 

17,153,593

 

12,602,500

 

 

 

29,756,093

 

18,343,593

 

200,000

 

18,143,593

 

 


#  Includes forfeits and offers under the ESOP to June 30, 2008

 

F-40



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

23. DIRECTOR AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES (CONT)

 

(h) Option holdings (con’t)

 

 

 

Balance at
beginning

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at
end of

 

Vested at June 30, 2007

 

June 30, 2007

 

of period
July 1, 2006

 

Granted as
Remuneration

 

Options
Exercised

 

Net Change
Other

 

period
June 30, 2007

 

Total

 

Not
exercisable

 

Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

#

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non- executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J.B.L. Heading

 

 

 

 

3,333

 

3,333

 

3,333

 

 

3,333

 

E.J. Schnee

 

4,439,308

 

 

 

 

4,439,308

 

4,439,308

 

 

4,439,308

 

Dr. G.E.D. Brooke

 

 

 

 

2,736,065

 

2,736,065

 

2,736,065

 

 

2,736,065

 

D.S. Janney

 

 

 

 

6,088,053

 

6,088,053

 

6,088,053

 

 

6,088,053

 

Dr. G. Morstyn

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D. Santel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. J. Cherrington

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. G.R. Collier

 

3,800,000

 

 

(400,000

)

 

 

3,400,000

 

2,400,000

 

200,000

 

2,200,000

 

Dr. D.M. Brown

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. J. Campbell

 

385,000

 

 

 

167

 

385,167

 

385,167

 

 

385,167

 

E. Merrigan

 

100,000

 

 

 

1,667

 

101,667

 

101,667

 

 

101,667

 

Dr. A. Craig

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

T. Herbert

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E. Humphriss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

L. Staiger

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

T. Trapp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

P. Lynch

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

8,724,308

 

 

(400,000

)

8,829,285

 

17,153,593

 

16,153,593

 

200,000

 

15,953,593

 

 


#  Includes forfeits and offers to employees under the ESOP to June 30, 2007

 

Net Change Other includes-

 

Listed options issued as part of the April 2007 Rights Issue to all eligible shareholders including B. Heading, Dr. J. Campbell and E. Merrigan.

 

D.S. Janney and Dr. G.E.D. Brooke became directors on February 8, 2007 and the options held by entities in which they hold directorships are added to the total for the year ended June 30, 2007.

 

F-41



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

23. DIRECTOR AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES (CONT)

 

(i)  Shareholdings

 

June 30, 2008

 

Balance
July 1, 2007
Ord

 

Granted as
Remuneration
Ord.

 

On Exercise
of Options
Ord

 

Net Change
Other
Ord

 

Balance
June 30, 2008
Ord

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non- executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J.B.L. Heading

 

110,000

 

 

 

 

110,000

 

E.J. Schnee

 

18,833,750

 

 

 

 

18,833,750

 

Dr. G.E.D. Brooke

 

16,629,765

 

 

 

 

16,629,765

 

D.S. Janney

 

37,009,671

 

 

 

 

37,009,671

 

Dr. G. Morstyn

 

 

 

 

 

 

D. Santel

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. J. Cherrington

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. G.R. Collier

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. D.M. Brown

 

13,876,552

 

 

 

 

13,876,552

 

Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. J. Campbell

 

5,500

 

 

 

 

5,500

 

E. Merrigan

 

55,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,000

 

Dr. A. Craig

 

 

 

 

 

 

T. Herbert

 

760,027

 

 

 

 

760,027

 

E. Humphriss

 

 

 

 

 

 

L. Staiger

 

 

 

 

 

 

T. Trapp

 

 

 

 

 

 

P. Lynch

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

87,280,265

 

 

 

 

87,280,265

 

 

June 30, 2007

 

Balance
July 1, 2006
Ord

 

Granted as
Remuneration
Ord.

 

On Exercise
of Options
Ord

 

Net Change
Other
Ord

 

Balance
June 30, 07
Ord

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non- executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J.B.L. Heading

 

100,000

 

 

 

10,000

 

110,000

 

E.J. Schnee

 

18,833,750

 

 

 

 

18,833,750

 

Dr. G.E.D. Brooke

 

 

 

 

16,629,765

 

16,629,765

 

D.S. Janney

 

 

 

 

37,009,671

 

37,009,671

 

Dr. G. Morstyn

 

 

 

 

 

 

D. Santel

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. J. Cherrington

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. G.R. Collier

 

 

 

400,000

 

(400,000

)

 

Dr. D.M. Brown

 

14,398,297

 

 

 

(521,745

)

13,876,552

 

Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. J. Campbell

 

5,000

 

 

 

500

 

5,500

 

E. Merrigan

 

50,000

 

 

 

5,000

 

55,000

 

Dr. A. Craig

 

 

 

 

 

 

T. Herbert

 

760,027

 

 

 

 

760,027

 

E. Humphriss

 

 

 

 

 

 

L. Staiger

 

 

 

 

 

 

T. Trapp

 

 

 

 

 

 

P. Lynch

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

34,147,074

 

 

400,000

 

52,733,191

 

87,280,265

 

 

F-42



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

23. DIRECTOR AND KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES (CONT)

 

Net Change Other includes-

 

Listed options issued as part of the April 2007 Rights Issue to all eligible shareholders including B. Heading, Dr. J. Campbell and E. Merrigan.

 

D.S. Janney and Dr. G.E.D. Brooke became directors on February 8, 2007 and the shares held by entities in which they hold directorships are added to the total for the year ended June 30, 2007.

 

All equity transactions with directors and executives other than those arising from the exercise of remuneration options have been entered into under terms and conditions no more favourable than those the entity would have adopted if dealing at arm’s length.

 

(j) Loans to directors and executives

 

Options granted under the ESOP in 2000 and 2001 contained an issue price which the company, in accordance with the terms of the ESOP, funded via an interest free “off balance sheet” loan to the option holder. The loan is repayable upon the sale of shares obtained through exercise of the options.

 

Dr. Greg Collier (who was not a director at the time of the grants) received 100,000 options under the ESOP in financial years 2000 and 2001 and, as a result, was given a loan to fund the issue price of these options. Subsequent to the date of these option grants the terms and conditions of the “off balance sheet” loans have not been changed, no repayments have been made and the balance of $96,820 is outstanding at June 30, 2008. Interest not charged for the year ended June 30, 2008 of $3,834 has been included in the Remuneration Report as a non-monetary benefit. (2007: $3,834)

 

Neither the loans nor equity items relating to these options are included in the company’s financial statements as share price hurdle rates associated with these options have not been achieved.

 

There are no other loans to specified directors and specified executives and there have been no other loans made to or repaid by specified directors and specified executives during the years ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.

 

(k) Compensation by Category to Key Management Personnel

 

JUNE 30

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Short term employee benefits

 

2,534,826

 

1,618,956

 

1,381,433

 

Post Employment (Superannuation)

 

144,865

 

77,600

 

53,223

 

Other long-term benefits

 

 

 

 

Retirement benefits

 

 

 

 

Share-based Payment

 

3,065,235

 

101,016

 

369,706

 

 

 

5,744,926

 

1,797,572

 

1,804,362

 

 

24.          RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

 

Ultimate parent

 

ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited is the ultimate Australian parent company.

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Transactions by parent with subsidiary companies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Young Australia for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of Intellectual Property from ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Inc.

 

 

 

13,471,642

 

Amount paid to ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Inc. for research activities

 

8,859,500

 

5,566,298

 

4,541,697

 

Amount advanced to Autogen Research Pty Ltd for research activities

 

1,341,929

 

3,544,823

 

2,811,456

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount owing to ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Inc. as at June 30

 

(6,677,700

)

(3,308,449

)

(6,962,919

)

Amount owing by Autogen Research Pty Ltd as at June 30

 

 

24,302,043

 

20,757,220

 

 

F-43



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

24.          RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES (CONT)

 

Revenues

 

Mr E. J. Schnee, a director of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited is also a director of Merck Santé which holds 18,793,750 shares and 4,439,308 options in the company. Merck Santé is party to research and commercialisation agreements with the company’s previously 100% owned subsidiary Autogen Research Pty Limited.  Under these agreements Merck Santé provided research revenue of $Nil to Autogen Research Pty Ltd. (while it was a subsidiary of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited) during the year ended June 30, 2008. (2007: $331,377)

 

Expenses

 

During the year ended June 30, 2008 legal services to the value of $173,111 (2007: $93,282) were provided by McCullough Robertson solicitors, a legal firm of which Mr J.B.L. Heading, a director of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited, is a partner.

 

Mr J.B.L. Heading is also a director of two companies that are the joint holders of 5% of the shares of Global Markets Capital Group LLC that provided no advisory and consulting services to the company during the year ended June 30, 2008 but provided services to the value of $200,483 (including share-based compensation of $165,924) during the year ended June 30, 2007. Mr Heading has no beneficial interest in these shareholders.

 

Mr K.J. Dart a former director of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited, was also a director and shareholder of Charter Pacific Corporation Limited.  Charter Pacific Corporation Limited is a significant shareholder of Global Markets Capital Group LLC that provided no advisory and consulting services to the company during the year ended June 30, 2008 but provided services to the value of $200,483 (including share-based compensation of $165,924) during the year ended June 30, 2007.

 

Assets

 

As at June 30, 2008 and 2007 no related parties had funds owing to ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Limited as Trade receivables.

 

Liabilities

 

Included in Trade and other payables as at June 30, 2008 was an amount of $ Nil owing to McCullough Robertson on normal commercial terms.

 

Included in Trade and other payables as at June 30, 2007 was an amount of $ 4,494 owing to McCullough Robertson on normal commercial terms.

 

Deferred revenue

 

Included in Deferred revenue as at June 30, 2007 was an amount of $165,688 which had been received from Merck Santé for which services contracted had not been provided at that time. These services have since been provided in the year ending June 30, 2008.

 

Amounts recognised at the reporting date as related party transactions:

 

Assets and Liabilities

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

4,494

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

165,688

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

170,182

 

 

Revenues and Expenses

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research Revenue

 

165,688

 

331,377

 

1,666,273

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Revenues

 

165,688

 

331,377

 

1,666,273

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legal services provided

 

173,111

 

93,282

 

52,337

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advisory and consulting services provided

 

 —

 

 200,483

 

 53,751

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Expenses

 

173,111

 

293,765

 

106,088

 

 

F-44



Table of Contents

 

CHEMGENEX PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED—IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

25. AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION

 

JUNE 30, 2008

 

Notes

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts received or due and receivable by Ernst & Young Australia for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Young Australia for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—an audit or review of the financial report of the entity and any other entity in the consolidated entity

 

 

 

358,500

 

269,435

 

212,325

 

—other services in relation to the entity and any other entity in the consolidated entity:

 

 

 

116,593

 

 

 

tax advice

 

 

 

475,093

 

269,435

 

212,325

 

 

F-45


Chemgenex (NASDAQ:CXSP)
과거 데이터 주식 차트
부터 5월(5) 2024 으로 6월(6) 2024 Chemgenex 차트를 더 보려면 여기를 클릭.
Chemgenex (NASDAQ:CXSP)
과거 데이터 주식 차트
부터 6월(6) 2023 으로 6월(6) 2024 Chemgenex 차트를 더 보려면 여기를 클릭.